Snowbee Prestige Fly and Sea Fishing Tackle 2023

Fly Rods » Reels » Fly Lines » Wading » Clothing » Sunglasses » Bags » Nets 

Welcome 

to the 2023 Snowbee 

catalogue 

As many of you will already have 

heard, having been at the helm 

of Snowbee for nearly 39 years, I 

have decided it’s time to 'hang-up 

my waders' (figuratively speaking!) 

and to hand over to someone 

else, to take the Snowbee brand 

on to the next level. Having 

reached the grand old age of 67, 

I thought it high time, that I spent 

more time with the grandchildren 

and also, finally had time for more 

fishing! 

We have therefore signed an 

agreement, with local company 

SM Group (Europe) Ltd, to take 

over from 1st January 2023. SMG 

are a far larger company than 

us, with far more resources and 

are currently the biggest marine 

electronics distributor in the UK. 

Their portfolio, includes over 60 

brands in the marine, watersports, 

fishing and leisure sectors, 

making them a perfect fit for 

Snowbee, going forward. 

Existing, loyal customers need 

not worry. The Snowbee team 

you have been used to dealing 

with will still be here, as will I, 

for the time being, doing what I 

love most – product design and 

development and writing this 

catalogue! 

As we approach our 39th 

anniversary of the UK company, I 

am extremely proud of what we 

have achieved, having built the 

Snowbee brand from nothing, to 

where it is today. As I have often 

said, I put this success down to 

three things…product, price and 

customer service! As dedicated 

fly fishers ourselves, we design 

and develop products that you, 

the modern day fly fisher actually 

wants to use and not what we 

want to sell you and our design 

philosophy has always been to 

develop new products 'up to a 

quality and not down to a price!' 

We have some exciting new 

products for 2023, details of 

which can be seen in our main 

introduction on pages 4-5 and 

throughout the catalogue. 

Towards the end of 2022, 

the EFTTEX (European Fishing 

Tackle Trade Exhibition) Best New 

Product Competition took place 

in Budapest, Hungary and we 

were delighted to come away 

with two Firsts and one Runnerup 

award, in this hotly contested, 

international competition! 

See full details on pages 4-5. 

I am also delighted to 

announce, that due to popular 

demand, we have re-introduced 

some of our previous Sea Fishing 

gear, including the Deep Blue 

Boat, Jigging & Spinning Rods, 

which built up a cult-following 

previously, for their superb action, 

performance and value for 

money. See full details on 

pages 98-101. 

Thank you for choosing 

Snowbee products in the past. 

We hope you enjoy the new 

catalogue and we’d love to hear 

your feed-back on it. Should you 

choose Snowbee products during 

the coming season and beyond, 

we are confident you will have as 

much fun using them, as we had 

designing and testing them. 

Tight lines from the Snowbee 

Team! 

Russell Weston 

2 

Snowbee Fishing 2023 // +44 (0) 1752 334933

Float Tubing » Flies & Fly Tying » Fly Boxes » Tippet & Leaders » Accessories 

Contents 

Fly Rod Introduction........................................ 6 – 7 

Fly Rods ...............................................................8 – 17 

Saltwater Fly Rods................................. 9, 13, 15 & 17 

Salmon Spey & Switch Rods ......................8, 12 & 15 

Fly Rod, Reel & Line Combi Kits .....................16 – 17 

Fly Reels ............................................................18 – 24 

Braided Backing line.................................................24 

Fly Line Introduction............................................25 

Fly Lines .............................................................25 – 34 

Saltwater fly fishing......9, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20, 31 & 35 

Wader Introduction ....................................36 – 37 

Breathable Waders ...........................................38 – 40 

Nylon Waders........................................................... 41 

Neoprene Waders ............................................42 – 43 

PVC Waders.............................................................. 44 

Wading Equipment...................................................45 

Wading Boots ...................................................46 – 47 

Rockhopper & Neoprene Boots..............................47 

Clothing Introduction..........................................48 

Synthetic Down Jackets............................................49 

Breathable/Waterproof Clothing ...........50 – 51 & 53 

Fleece Jackets & Gilets.............................................52 

Packable Waterproof Jacket....................................53 

Fishing Shirts .............................................................54 

Fly Vests & Waistcoats.......................................55 – 58 

Fly Vest/Backpacks & Chest-Packs..................59 – 60 

Gloves & Socks .........................................................61 

Caps & Hats.......................................................62 – 63 

Sunglasses & Accessories.................................64 – 68 

Landing Nets ....................................................69 – 73 

Fishing Bags & Luggage .................................74 – 80 

Travel Bags.........................................................74 – 75 

Boston Sports/Overnight Bags................................76 

Fishing & Trout Bags......................................... 77 – 78 

Travel Fly Rod/Reel Cases, Rod Tubes 

& Accessory Bags......................................................79 

Wet & Dry Sacks & Bass Bags..................................80 

Wader Repair & Adhesives.......................................81 

Fly Tying Vices ...................................................82 – 83 

Fly Selections ....................................................84 – 85 

Fly Boxes........................................................... 86 – 89 

Fluorocarbon & Nylon Tippet .........................90 – 91 

Leader System ..................................................92 – 93 

Filleting Knives & Accessories..................................94 

Smoker/Cooker & Oak Dust....................................95 

Float-Tubing...............................................................96 

Fly Fishing Tools & Accessories ...............................97 

Deep Blue Boat Rods...............................................98 

Deep Blue Jigging Rods..........................................99 

Deep Blue Spinning Rods......................................100 

Sea Fishing Accessories..........................................101 

Help & Customer Service 

Trade Information............................................ 102-103 

Technical Specifications..........................................104 

Wader & Rod Care & Rod Guarantee details.......105 

Customer Service, Returns & Product Index .......106 

Size Charts ...............................................................107 

Contact details.........................................................108 

All prices SRP inc VAT // www.snowbee.co.uk 

3


2023…a new chapter for Snowbee! 

As Snowbee enters a new chapter, we can reflect on some 40 years of great experience and 

successful business which has taken the company and brand to where we are today. 

Since the Covid pandemic, the demand for time 

in the great outdoors has soared to new levels 

and fishing, especially fly fishing, has seen a 

huge increase in interest, with many newcomers 

having taken up the sport. As demand continues 

to grow, Snowbee joining SMG has also 

combined to produce a new ‘route to market’ 

through a much larger organisation, with 

more staff and further advanced technology, 

to secure the future of the brand and product 

development going forward.This year’s product 

range is testament to that and follows on the 

back of the outstanding success with modern 

product design and materials, the results of 

combined years of experience and zest for 

success through hard work and innovation. 

The supply chain issues over the past 2 years 

are now receding and shipping rates are also 

stabilising, so there are many products where we 

have been able to reduce the price this year! 

At the same time we have worked tirelessly 

towards producing a comprehensive product 

range, featuring all new materials and innovative 

design concepts, for the new season. With design 

for the modern game angler at the forefront of our 

efforts, we are happy to experience once again 

an increasingly popular demand for fishing and 

the outdoors, as the Snowbee brand name grows 

in reputation for exceptional quality, service and 

reliability. We have some great new products but 

continue working to improve some of the ‘old 

favourites’ wherever we can, to bring you the very 

latest in cutting-edge fly fishing equipment and 

many associated accessories. 

Fly rods 

Of particular note this year is the launch of the 

new Spectre-Pro series of ultra-modern fly 

rods, which follow on the back of the success we 

have seen with the exceptional Prestige G-XS 

Graphene fly rod range. A brand new option for 

us, in both ranges, is a new 9ft 6in #6wt model, 

which in tests is proving a firm favourite. 

Having pioneered our flagship Prestige G-XS 

Graphene fly rods since 2019, incorporating 

game changing Graphene technology, we 

found ourselves with an overwhelming response 

from some of the worlds very best anglers, 

plus a stream of flattering reviews, awards and 

recommendations. Our feature of the Prestige 

G-XS fly rods continues unabated, and that is how 

this amazing material produces a performance in 

fishing that has far exceeded even our own high 

expectations. With this range currently as good 

as modern technology can possibly achieve, we 

made the great choice in introducing the new 

Saltwater rods and Double-Handed Switch 

& Spey rods, with no expense spared on the 

fittings and finish. 

The exciting news is that at the end of last year, we 

won two awards at the EFTTEX Best New Products 

Competition: the Best New Saltwater Fly Rod, for 

our Prestige G-XS SW 9ft #8 model and Best New 

Double-Handed Fly Rod for our Prestige G-XS 

Switch 11ft #8. These prestigious international 

awards are competed for by entries from most of 

the top brands worldwide, so to come away with 

2 out of the 3 awards in the fly rod section was a 

great endorsement of the Prestige G-XS range. 

See pages 8-11 for full details. 

We still have the immensely popular Classic fly 

rod range, starting from less than £100 and starter 

outfits to match, plus the Diamond2 and new 

Spectre-Pro rods, with the amazing Prestige 

G-XS Graphene series that take us up to the 

£500 mark and beyond. 

XS Fly Reels 

Last year saw our fly reel range extended, with the 

return of the infamous XS brand. The new 

XS Fly Reels include two amazing new, 

lightweight aluminium bar-stock fly reels, with 

powerful drag and minimal start up inertia, which 

are already finding favour with saltwater fly 

fishermen in the tropics, plus salmon fishermen, 

closer to home. 

In addition to the XS we also introduced a 

Cassette version to the Prestige Gold fly reels 

in both the #5/6 and #7/8 models. 

See pages 18 and 19 for full details. 

4 


Flies & Fly Tying » Fly Boxes » Tippet & Leaders » Float Tubing » Accessories 

If you are thinking of trying the growing pastime of saltwater fly fishing or 

taking up the sport or simply upgrading your gear, whatever your budget 

or rod you should choose, be sure to take 

advantage of our 20% discount offered 

across the board on ALL qualifying 

Snowbee ‘Perfectly balanced’ fly rod/reel 

and fly line outfits, when purchased at 

the same time. See pages 8-16 for full 

details of our extensive fly rod range 

(look out for this badge) and page 17 

for some examples of our Combi and 

‘perfectly balanced’ outfit savings. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Combi Outfits 

See p17 for perfectly matched 

fly rod, reel & line outfits. 

Save 20% on individual item 

prices. 

XS-Plus, XS and Classic Fly lines 

Throughout 2022, we were in the process of upgrading all our Snowbee 

XS fly lines. Since Covid set in, we were forced to move our entire factory 

and production facility, after restrictions completely halted production. 

‘Necessity is the mother of invention’ is a saying, very true in this case 

and the production move to a new factory, has proved sensational, as we 

are now making, quite simply, the best fly lines we have ever made! An 

achievement we would never have thought possible or even necessary, 

a couple of years ago. Our new lines, produced on new equipment, are 

proving even better than any we have ever produced before. Quite an 

achievement after more than 30 years manufacturing fly lines in the UK! 

The XS and twin-colour XS-Plus fly lines now all incorporate welded loops 

for convenience and with the latest Nano-coating technology, have proved 

to be nothing short of spectacular in the new livery and so worth the 

changes we made. Fly line production is fully up and running again now, 

with stock back to full levels and the wait as we had expected last year, was 

absolutely worthwhile! So teamed up with one of our quality fly rods and 

reels, our new fly lines really do offer the perfect ‘balanced outfit’. 


Award winning technical clothing 

For XStra warmth in all weathers, the new XStreme quilted jackets, with 

their unique polyester insulation filling, are so light and snug they can be 

worn as an outer garment or underneath an outer shell jacket for extra 

thermal insulation on the coldest of days. 

In the EFTTEX Best New Fly Fishing Clothing category we also scooped the 

Runner-up award for this ultra-lightweight jacket, which packs down into the 

smallest space, but packs a big punch in terms of thermal properties! 

See page 49 for details. 

Our new XS shirts are similar to our 

previous, popular designs but are now 

made in a smart new cotton/polyester 

blend, suitable for all seasons. In the 

two most popular colours, the new 

tailoring also provides an improved fit 

over previous models. After years of 

service, the Geo fly vest has yet to be 

surpassed but our new ‘All Seasons’ 

fly vest comes a very close second 

and with the waterproof material and 

removable back panel for warm, 

dry days, this now represents a 

great alternative at a considerable 

cost saving. 

See pages 49, 54 & 57 for full details. 

Waders for all situations 

Having been making waders longer than most, our range now includes models 

for every purpose & every budget. From the top-of the range Prestige STX 

breathable waders, through the more affordable Ranger breathables, to the 

virtually indestructible Wadermaster nylon range, to the heavy duty Granite 

PVC, which offer amazing performance, for the price! Sales and consistent, 

extreme reliability throughout the past five years, across all our wader ranges, 

has really shown that innovative design, coupled with the very latest in reliable, 

trustworthy material technology, will always provide the best winning formula. 


Please visit our website www.snowbee.co.uk 

Whether you're sat on the river bank, at the office or 

at home, the entire Snowbee website is now at your 

fingertips. 

Snowbee Deep Blue Sea-Fishing Rods make a comeback 

At the end of 2018 we decided to get out of the sea fishing market, to concentrate on our core 

market of fly fishing. However, we didn’t realise just what a ‘cult following’ we had built up for our 

Deep Blue Boat Rods! We were literally inundated with requests to re-introduce these, so in 

late 2022, we did just that and haven’t looked back! A new factory, using new technology and 

manufacturing techniques, but retaining the same smooth, powerful action, Deep Blue devotees 

have come to love! We are following that up for 2023, with a new range of Deep Blue Jigging and 

Spinning Rods, plus we have re-introduced some of the most popular sea fishing accessories. 

See pages 98 - 101 for full details. 


5


Fly Rods 

Why construction and materials matter 

more than ever – and how to choose the 

perfect rod for your chosen style of fishing. 

Prestige G-XS fly rod 

As with any sports equipment, fly rods have 

undergone a huge technological change in the 

past two decades. They have steadily evolved 

from early glass fibre rods, through the early days 

of carbon fibre to the highly technical carbon 

composites of today, including the very latest 

'Graphene resin technology' incorporated into 

our new Prestige G-XS fly rods. 

Modern day carbon fibres are quite delicate, 

having little tensile strength in their natural state 

and epoxy resin alone is very brittle, once cured. 

However, encapsulating the fibres in an epoxy 

resin creates a composite of enormous strength 

and flexibility, further enhanced today by the 

incredible properties of graphene – each essential 

requirements for the modern rod designer. 

Carbon fibres are first woven into a cloth, or mat, 

which is pre-impregnated with epoxy resin, to bond 

all the fibres together, giving the finished material 

incredible strength once cured. This 'pre-preg' as 

it is called, is then wrapped under pressure around 

a tapered steel rod, known as a mandrel and then 

baked in an autoclave oven, under high pressure 

to ‘cure’ the epoxy resin and help force out any tiny 

pockets of air. Once set and cooled, the finished 

carbon fibre 'tube' is removed from the mandrel 

and the work of turning this into a finished fly rod 

blank can begin. 

The next question is then ground or unground? 

When the raw blank is removed from the mandrel, 

the natural surface weave or ribbing of the carbon 

fibres shows through, giving a slightly rough 

outer surface. If a gloss finish rod is required, this 

is ground off and a coloured varnish applied. 

However, if a matt finish rod is required, this surface 

is left unground, as with our Spectre-Pro range of 

rods, providing a performance and action, closer to 

the original design concept. 

Snowbee currently produce four different ranges 

of fly rods from the entry-level Classic range, 

starting at under £80, to our top of the range 

Prestige G-XS models up to £500 and more. We 

are frequently asked... 'what’s the difference?' 

Fundamentally, this comes down to two things: 

1) The rod fittings and fixtures: Clearly the 

basic aluminium alloy reel seat used on the Classic 

range is a lot cheaper than the hand-made, 

lightweight silver/gold hard anodised aluminium 

reel seats used on the new Prestige G-XS 

Graphene range, some featuring beautiful maple 

burl wood inserts, ensuring every rod is different 

and quite unique. 

2) The quality of the carbon fibre pre-preg 

and resin used: You will often hear or read 

about the 'modulus' of a carbon fibre rod. This 

is basically an abbreviation of 'Young's modulus 

of elasticity', which measures the resistance of a 

material to elastic (recoverable) deformation under 

load. A stiff material has a high Young's modulus 

Fast tip 

action 

Medium 

middle to tip 

Slow through 

action 

See full terms and 

conditions on page 105 

and changes its shape only slightly under elastic 

loads (e.g. diamond). A flexible material however, 

has a low Young's modulus and changes its shape 

considerably (eg rubber). Clearly a fly rod blank 

needs to sit part way between these two extremes 

and this is where the good modern rod designer 

comes into his own. 

A higher modulus blank, will have a faster 

action, a faster tip 'recovery' (the speed at which 

the blank returns to its original shape) and will 

generally be lighter. High modulus carbons are also 

more expensive to produce, so will generally be 

used for top-end rods, which will require a tip, or 

middle to tip action. 

At the other end of the scale, medium modulus 

carbon blanks are used for lower grade fly rods, 

where price is a consideration and a slightly slower, 

more forgiving action required. 

Most of the Snowbee range of fly rods, use a 

mix of different carbon fibre pre-pregs, to achieve 

the precise action required for that range. 

Prestige G-XS Double Handed Fly Rods – see p8 

Spectre ® Pro Single Handed Fly Rods – see p13 

Prestige G-XS Saltwater Fly Rods – see p9 

Prestige G-XS Single Handed Fly Rods – see p10-11 

Spectre Double Handed Fly Rods – see p12 

Diamond 2 Fly Rods – see p14 

Classic Single Handed Fly Rods – see p15 

Classic Double Handed Fly Rods – see p15 

6 



The Classic range uses predominantly, single 24 

ton carbon. The Diamond 2 range uses a mix of 

30 and 36 ton carbon, while on the Spectre ® Pro 

range, this is upgraded to a mix of 40 to 46 ton 

carbon. 

New Spectre ® Pro fly rods 

The new style Spectre ® Pro fly rods are a satin 

finish silver-grey colour, with distinctive black 

whipping finish throughout. They have a high 

quality, chrome finished, aluminium reel seat and 

double up-locking rings on all models. The range 

also includes our first ever 9ft 6in #6wt, introduced 

by popular demand for the Stillwater anglers in 

particular, looking to lighten their day-long work 

load and presentation, but still obtain optimum 

presentation, with distance casting still easily 

achievable. At a starting price of £285, these 

exceptional new rods are poised to take the 

stillwater and river markets by storm! 

All our ‘multi-modulus’ blanks, use our well 

proven ‘Snowbee Tri-modulus carbon’ technology, 

where a subtle blend of different modulus 

carbons are used through the blank, to achieve 

the precise action we require. The new Prestige 

G-XS Graphene range, uses only 46 ton carbon, 

but significantly uses graphene nano resin 

throughout, which provides the incredible and 

unique properties these rods have. Graphene is an 

amazing new discovery and a real game changer 

where used, extremely light and reputedly 200 

times stronger than steel! 

Choosing a fly rod 

This is very much a personal thing, as one fly rod 

will not suit everyone. The first and most obvious 

consideration is budget – how much you want to 

spend on a rod which is often misconstrued by 

many fly fisherman. A more expensive rod, doesn’t 

necessarily make you a better caster! If your casting 

is a bit ‘rusty’ or could do with some ‘polishing up’, 

then better to spend less on a rod and spend the 

difference on some professional casting lessons with 

an approved instructor! There are also several 

free and very useful videos we have put together 

which many have now used to help improve 

their casting. We cover some of the simple 

techniques and pitfalls and there’s even one 

featuring the ‘double haul’. www.snowbee.co.uk 

You then need to take into account the type & style 

of fly fishing you wish to do. If predominantly small 

river work and short distances, then a slower action 

rod is ideal. We would generally call this a middle, 

or ‘through-action’ rod. Larger rivers and small 

stillwaters, will generally require a slightly longer 

rod, with a faster, middle, or middle to tip action. 

Large stillwaters and reservoirs, where distance 

casting is often required, will generally require rods, 

with a fast, middle to tip, or tip action. A fast action 

rod, will allow the caster to generate the higher line 

speed in the air and tighter line loops required for 

maximum distance casting. Bear in mind however, 

that the faster the action of a rod, the more ‘timing 

critical’ it becomes to cast and therefore requires 

more advanced casting skills to get the best from 

it. Boat fishing also makes up a lot of the Stillwater 

fishing activity. Here a longer rod is advantageous 

and again, actions are critical. These will generally 

have a slower action, as distance casting is not so 

necessary, but lighter, more precise presentation is 

of greater importance. 

Single-handed fly rods 

Follow these general guidelines for your fly rod 

length and line weight: 

Freshwater 

• Small rivers and streams, for trout 

7ft - 9ft #1 - #5 Wt. 

• Larger rivers, for trout and grayling 

9ft -10ft #3 - #6 Wt. 

• Medium to large rivers for sea trout and light 

salmon 9ft -11ft #6 - #8 Wt. 

• Small stillwaters for brown trout and rainbows 

9ft -10ft #5 - #7 Wt. 

• Large reservoirs for brown trout and rainbows 

9ft -10ft #5 - #8 Wt. 

Saltwater 

• UK saltwater and flats bonefish 9ft #7 - #10 Wt. 

Also take into account the rod action, as 

detailed above, which is an indication of the way 

the rod flexes in response to both casting and 

playing a fish. A fast action rod can generate 

Prestige G-XS Double- 

Handed Salmon Rod 

higher line speeds required for extreme distance 

casting, allowing a talented caster to have great 

line and loop control. The faster tip ‘recovery’, 

when distance casting, will reduce ‘ripples’ down 

the line and improve the line’s flight through the air. 

Be aware though, as the stiffer tips are less flexible 

and can, especially with non-stretch lines, ‘bounce’ 

fish off the hook, so more care is required, when 

playing fish. 

Less able casters may find it hard to get the 

timing of their cast correct, with a fast action rod, 

so can be better rewarded with a rod of a more 

moderate action. For general small river and 

stillwater trout fishing, it is better to choose a 

rod with a middle to tip action, which can be less 

demanding to cast and better for roll casting and 

fishing at short range. 

Double-handed fly rods 

Very often, newcomers to salmon fishing, assume 

that a double handed rod is always required – it is 

not. There are many situations, on smaller rivers, 

fishing for sea-trout or grilse, where a single handed 

rod, of say 10ft #7 Wt., is more than adequate. 

As you move up to slightly larger rivers however, 

you are frequently in between the need for a single 

handed rod, or a full, double handed Spey rod. 

This is exactly why 'Switch Rods' were developed 

on the North West coasts of the USA and Canada. 

A Switch rod is light enough to use single handed, 

but where required, can be used two-handed, for 

greater distance and control, or where bankside 

vegetation, requires a Spey casting style. 

As you move onto larger, more powerful rivers, 

double-handers come into their own. You often 

need to lift longer lengths of line, control and mend 

the line as it crosses the current and frequently fish 

with larger, heavier lines and flies. Over the past few 

years, as carbon technology has improved, we have 

seen the length of two-handed salmon rods reduce 

however, as greater power can now be achieved, 

with shorter, lighter rods and shooting head style 

fly lines. We therefore now only make the two most 

popular traditional models at 13ft #8/9 and the 

14ft #9/10, which are more than adequate for most 

salmon fishing situations. 

Again, fly line consideration and fishing 

location are critical and for the travelling angler, 

a convenient multi-piece rod, like our 5 & 6-pce 

Prestige G-XS and the Spectre Switch and Salmon 

rods, may well be a more convenient option, than 

their 4-pce predecessors. 

// www.snowbee.co.uk 

7


Prestige G-XS Double-Handed 

Graphene Fly Rods 

Following the outstanding success of our Prestige G-XS single handed fly rods, it was only a 

matter of time, before we extended the remarkable pedigree and phenomenally advanced 

Graphene technology, to a new range of double-handed and saltwater fly rods. 

Combining Nano Carbon 

technology with the incredible 

properties of Graphene has 

proved sensational. We have 

added satin finished aluminium 

reel seats to the new rods, 

maintaining remarkable 

lightness to the ultra-modern 

designs, then anodised them for 

corrosion resistance, especially in saltwater. 

The modern designs of the cork handles are 

fashioned from the very finest quality, super-grade 

North American cork available. All butt extensions 

and lower handles are tipped with a rubber composite cork, for 

additional wear and protection. The salmon rods are all finished in a 

dark, lustrous teal/blue, with a combined self-colour and silver whip 

finish. There are two large lined stripper rings and high-lift snake 

rings throughout with each section spot marked for a perfect line up. The 13ft and 

14ft models also have whip markings to 110cm, to help quickly assess the weight 

and size of bigger fish without the need to remove them from the water. 

11’ #8 Double-Handed Switch Fly Rod (5-pce) 

Designed for double handed use on lakes and rivers, this often referred to ‘Switch’ style rod, exhibits all the power reserves of the Prestige Graphene G-XS 

range. Still light enough to be cast single handed, as well as for purposely light double-handed use. Great on smaller rivers for large trout, sea-trout and grilse or 

from the boat. These rods are so light and versatile, you can use them for almost anything and they possess deceptive and responsive reserves of casting and fish 

playing power, typical of the entire Prestige G-XS range. 

13’ #8/9 Double-Handed Salmon Fly Rod (6 pce) 

Traditional double-handed rod but in lighter weight than the 14ft model. 

Perfect for lighter lines and throwing short heads a long, long way and all day 

if necessary, with effortless and utterly deceptive ease. Great for multi-tip and 

multi-density, short-head fly lines especially and the popular choice of the 

successful, modern day salmon angler. 

14’ #9/10 Double-Handed Salmon Fly Rod (6 pce) 

The daddy in the range, with the prototype having already accounted for 

fish over 20lbs in testing of the early samples, across the biggest and best 

rivers of Scotland. The power and recovery, as with all the Graphene rods 

is awesome, with the blank flexing all the way through the handle when 

required. Suitable for longer head traditional spey lines, but purposely 

designed for the most modern of short-head skagit and shooting-head fly 

lines, to achieve maximum distance and extreme depth, with fast sinking 

tips and heavy flies where required. 



Prestige G-XS Double-handed Switch & Salmon Fly Rods 

Model Description Length Line Wt. Rod.Wt. Price 

10198 Prestige G-XS Switch Fly Rod 11' #8 157g / 5.5oz £639.99 S35557 

10199 Prestige G-XS Salmon Fly Rod 13' #8/9 216g / 7.6oz £789.99 S43891 

10200 Prestige G-XS Salmon Fly Rod 14' #9/10 242g / 8.5oz £849.99 S47224 

8 Snowbee Fishing 2023 // +44 (0) 1752 334933


Prestige G-XS SW Graphene Saltwater Fly Rods 

A select range of high performance, ultra-light weight and exceptionally modern fly rods. 

Superbly designed and ultra-reliable for the most outstanding saltwater fly fishing. 

10226 Prestige 

G-XS SW #8 

Each rod is finished 

in a pearlescent electric 

blue, then fitted with two large 

SiC lined titanium stripper rings 

and hard chrome, saltwater resistant 

high-lift snakes to an over-sized hayfork tip 

ring. The reel seats display a space-age like finish, 

achieving the lightest possible weight, from the CNC 

machined aluminium design and anodised to provide their 

characteristic satin sheen and corrosion proof finish. The butt 

extensions are tipped with a high wearing rubber cork composition and 

there is a small keeper ring for those requiring one. Every rod possesses the 

outstanding features now familiar with the entire Prestige G-XS Graphene 

range. Already extensively tested with outstanding results and performance, 

these new saltwater G-XS rods will help turn dreams into reality for many, as 

the lightweight and effortlessly powerful and accurate construction, accounts 

for specimen fish of all species worldwide. 

9ft #7wt 

A responsive, 9ft casting machine, 

designed for accuracy and expert 

presentation. Ideal for general purpose 

saltwater and predator fishing for the likes of Bass, 

Bonefish and Jacks, using smaller flies and where 

finesse may be required. Still deceptively powerful, 

the hidden energy in these rods is awesome, with a 

smoothness you would not believe. The new Graphene 

construction provides the typical and unique tip recovery 

and performance, unsurpassed by any other material. 

Over-sized SiC lined 

titanium stripper rings 

Hard chrome, saltwater 

resistant high-lift snakes 

9ft #8wt 

Designed for larger predators and casting bigger flies. Often the preferred 

weight when likely to experience windy conditions and bigger fish, as so 

often encountered on the coast. More powerful than the #7wt rod but still so 

light in the hand, making this rod the ideal all-rounder choice for bonefish, permit 

and pike, plus ideal for the increasingly popular fly fishing for carp. Same butt and 

finish as the #7wt; just a beefier version for use with a heavier line and larger flies. 

9ft #10wt 

The most powerful in the saltwater series, yet still deceptively light and easy to 

cast. Ideal for presenting large flies with ease and at distance where required, 

as well as being very capable of taming muscle bound predators in all waters. 

Same construction as both the lighter models, except for a slightly longer butt 

extension to assist playing larger fish. The perfect choice for permit, tarpon and 

all larger predators. 

Prestige G-XS SW Graphene Saltwater Fly Rods 

Model Length Line Wt. Rod Wt. Handle Price 



10225 9’ #7 107g / 3.8oz Full Wells £559.99 S31112 



Hard anodised aluminium reel 

seat for corrosion resistance 


9


Prestige G-XS 

Graphene Fly Rods 

Over the years, fly rod technology has taken occasional quantum 

leaps forward. First the move from split cane to fibreglass; then the 

next move to carbon fibre, and now, the latest development – 

Graphene! This amazing new technology really is a 

‘game changer’ and propels Snowbee to the top of the 

leader board, in terms of performance and innovation. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Prestige Combi 

Outfits 




prices. 

Graphene was first discovered and isolated in 2010, 

by two researchers in the Physics Department of 

Manchester University, who went on to be awarded 

the Nobel Prize for Physics, for their discovery. 

Graphene really is a game-changer. In its raw 

form it consists of a two-dimensional, carbon 

sheet just one atom thick, yet 200 times stronger 

than steel! It is the lightest material on earth and 

at the molecular level, Graphene is one million 

times smaller than the diameter of a human hair! 

Apart from its strength, another important feature 

of Graphene is its flexibility. In fly rod production, 

Graphene powder is added to the epoxy resins to 

enhance inherent properties such as tensile strength 

and flexibility. 

A few years ago the latest technology was Nano Carbon 

rods. The principle was that the smaller, 'round profile' nano 

molecules added to the epoxy resin, were able to penetrate 

every void within the carbon fibre mat, far better than long-chain 

epoxy resin molecules. This innovation to reinforce resins, created a 

pre-preg material, with a flexural strength and modulus, far higher than that 

of conventional resin. This resulted in fly rod blanks that were lighter, crisper 

and more precise in action than anything previously achievable and a blank so 

close to 'unbreakable' in normal use as it is possible to achieve. 

Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 

and Spectre Reel 

This principle has been taken one stage further, with the new Graphene resin 

technology, as Graphene atoms are 300 times smaller than the smallest 

nanoparticle, resulting in an even denser carbon mat, with virtually no air 

pockets, enhanced by the use of autoclave ovens, which ‘bake’ the 

blanks under high pressure, to further expel any air pockets. 

Full Wells handle with fighting butt 

10215 Prestige G-XS 

Fly Rod – 9' #6 

Every rod comes 

in matching cotton 

drill sleeve and 

lightweight 

Cordura tube. 

Prestige G-XS 

4-pce Travel Fly Rods 

The lightweight aluminium reel fittings 

have a hard anodised silver/gold finish and 

feature stunning maple burl wood inserts. 

This beautiful wood displays a range of colours and 

grain patterns, making each rod quite unique and individual. 

The rich bronze colour of the blanks is complemented by self-colour 

whippings with a subtle, single band of bronze whipping. 

Features 

● 4-piece ultra-lightweight Graphene carbon 

blanks ● Fast action with high lift snakes for 

extreme distance casting ● New Snowbee Graphene, 

high-modulus carbon technology ● Deep bronze 

finish with matching whippings ● Anodised silver/gold 

aluminium reel seat with maple burl wood inserts 

● Snowbee Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee 

10 



10223 Prestige G-XS 10' #7 Fly Rod 

Ultra-lightweight River and Brook 

series: 7'6" #1 and 7'#2 

When you want to ‘fish light’ it doesn’t get much lighter 

than this! Our two new Ultralight models are fitted with the 

European style tapered handle, with burl wood collar, allowing 

sensitive control, with one finger running up onto the blank, 

for the ultimate in bite detection and precision casting. 

Lightweight River Dry Fly & Nymph 

series: 9'6" #3, 10' #2, 10' #3 and 11' #3 

Our river dry fly and nymph rods are aimed squarely at the 

‘light line’ specialist who has come to appreciate the need for 

sensitive control, and extreme accuracy with a feel to match, 

when ‘fishing light’. Originally developed in Eastern Europe, 

the longer, lighter styles of nymph fishing and dry fly rods 

have become increasingly popular for river fishing and the 

new Graphene material further enhances this. These rods 

lend themselves to effortless and untiring Czech and French 

nymphing techniques and the 9' 6" #3 weight model is the 

ideal rod for dry fly or dual purpose. These lighter options 

are all fitted with the European style tapered handle and burl 

wood collars. 



10210 Prestige G-XS 

7' #2 Fly Rod showing 

Euro-style handle 

Prestige G-XS Graphene Fly Rods 

River & small Stillwater series: 

8' #4, 9' #4, 9' #5, 10' #4 and 10' #5 

Our river and stillwater series covers a wealth of fishing 

opportunities….finesse, accuracy and balance are all that’s 

asked of a good rod and these offer all of that and more. 

The range caters for every application and the blanks are 

purpose made for power, but with a tip flex in play, sufficient to 

soak up all charges so that fish caught, especially on barbless, 

are far less likely to come off. 

Stillwater, Reservoir & large river series: 

9' #6, 9'6"#6, 9'6"#7, 10'#6, 10' #7 and 11'#6 

The most powerful blanks in the new Prestige range. Unleash 

the hidden energy in these rods with a smoothness you will 

not believe. The new Graphene construction provides a 

smoothness unsurpassed by any other material. You will quickly 

come to appreciate the unrivalled power and control, only 

available with this remarkable new Graphene technology. 

All designed with progressive tip action and sufficient flex to 

generate maximum line speed and distance, as well as holding 

onto hooked fish, with a vastly reduced risk of losing them in play. 

Model Description Length Line Wt Rod Wt Handle Price 

10210 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 7' #2 60g/2.1oz Euro-Style £469.99 S26112 

10211 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 7' 6" #1 59g/2.1oz Euro-Style £479.99 S26667 

10212 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 8' #4 65g/2.3oz Half Wells £489.99 S27223 




10216 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 9' 6" #3 78g/2.8oz Euro-Style £509.99 S28334 

10228 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod NEW 9' 6" #6 104g/3.7oz Full Wells £519.99 S28890 

10217 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 9' 6" #7 105g/3.7oz Full Wells £529.99 S29445 





10222 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 10' #6 92g/3.2oz Full Wells £539.99 S29944 

10223 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod 10' #7 108g/3.8oz Full Wells £549.99 S30557 


10229 Prestige G-XS Fly Rod NEW 11' #6 112g/3.9oz Full Wells £579.99 S32223 

All prices SRP inc VAT // www.snowbee.co.uk 11


Spectre ® Spey & Switch Rods 

The Spectre ® Spey & Switch rods simply ooze class, putting other more expensive 

rods to shame. Following on from the success of the Spectre ® fly rod single handed 

launch in 2017, the Spey & Switch rods continue to thrive in replacement of the old 

and award winning Diamond 2 range. 

These four models share the same 

fine pedigree but now with new 

lighter, crisper blanks for even 

better casting performance. 

For convenience when travelling, 

the Salmon Spey rods all feature 6-pce blanks, 

while the Switch rods feature 5-pce blanks, so all models pack down 

to between 28” and 32”. Our Spey and Switch rods continue to find favour amongst 

salmon fishers worldwide looking for top performance, a quality finish, total reliability 

and superb value for money… and the Spectre ® fly rods provide all of this. 

Come complete with quality 

cotton drill rod bags and 

Cordura rod tubes. 

Snowbee Spectre ® Salmon Spey Rods 6-pce 

Model Length Line Wt. Rod.Wt. Price 

10022 13' #8/9 236g/8.3oz £359.99 S20000 

10023 14' #9/10 273g/9.6oz £379.99 S21112 

Snowbee Spectre ® Switch Rods 5-pce 

Model Length Line Wt. Rod.Wt. Price 

10026 10' 6" #7 176g/6.2oz £289.99 S16111 

10027 11' #8 178g/6.3oz £299.99 S16667 

10022 Spectre ® Spey 13' #8/9 (6 pce) 

10023 Spectre ® Spey 14' #9/10 (6 pce) 

These two great all-round light-weight Spey rods both have powerful, progressive actions, 

presenting a long line with effortless ease, agility and feel, yet light enough to remain 

responsive all day long. Match either with the respective traditional or short head profile 

Spey lines (see p30), for a most impressive performance. Where room allows, overhead 

casting with a short head line for the less experienced angler is also permissible. 

10026 Spectre ® Switch 10' 6" #7 (5 pce) 

10027 Spectre ® Switch 11' #8 (5 pce) 

Two great all-round rods, ideally suited to both smaller 

and medium rivers, as well as on some stillwaters from 

the bank or boat. Crisp, very responsive action provides 

effortless casting for distance and accuracy, plus the 

5-pce blanks make them easily portable. They both 

work perfectly with the respective short head 350 or 

400 grain Switch lines, or the 20g/24g short head Spey 

where a slightly longer head with a short poly-coated 

leader option can help suit all conditions. 

Perfect for salmon, trout and sea trout. 

10026 Spectre® Switch 10' 6" #7 (5 pce) 



Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Spectre Combi 

Outfits 




prices. 

Spectre ® Pro Fly Rods (shown on p13 opposite) 

10026 Spectre ® Switch 

10' 6" #7 (5 pce) 

Model Description Length Line Wt. Rod Wt. Handle Price 

10260 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 8’6” #5 95g/3.4oz Half Wells £284.99 S15833 

10261 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 9’ #5 101g/3.6oz Half Wells £289.99 S16111 

10262 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 9’ #6 103g/3.6oz Half Wells £299.99 S16667 

10263 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 9’6” #6 117g/4.1oz Full Wells £309.99 S17223 

10264 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 9’6” #7 117g/4.1oz Full Wells £314.99 S17500 

10265 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 10’ #5 114g/4oz Half Wells £314.99 S17500 

10266 Spectre Pro Fly Rod NEW 10’ #6 122g/4.3oz Full Wells £324.99 S18056 



Features 

l New, improved Tri-Modulus carbon blanks 

l High performance line control l Increased 

casting distance and accuracy l Top quality 

Portuguese cork handles l Quality cotton 

drill rod bags l Cordura rod tubes 

l 5 and 6-pce blanks for travel convenience 

l Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee 

12 



Spectre ® Pro Fly Rods 

The amazing Spectre ® Fly Rod range, first 

launched in 2017, have again been upgraded for 

2023, to incorporate the very latest thinking 

in fly rod design and performance. 

New for 

2023 

The 'holy grail' of fly rod design has always been to achieve that light, effortless feel 

that belies the hidden power of the blank, often exhibited by the world’s top brands, 

but with a price tag to match. Working closely with our fly rod designers and factory, 

we have managed to achieve just that, but at a price which seems impossible for 

rods of this quality and performance! 

The all new Spectre ® Pro rods use the very latest carbon fibre technology and build on the 

past performance of their predecessors. For many years Snowbee have used ‘multi-modulus’ 

carbon technology varying the tensile modulus of the carbon fibre, through the blank, 

allowing us to precisely design and control the stiffness and flex in each section, as well as the 

important recovery speed of the tip. Using predominantly 40 ton carbon fibre with a small 

amount of 36 ton, we have achieved the precise, crisp, middle-to-tip action we required, 

through careful manipulation of the resin formulation and carbon fibre scrim. 

The blanks are left ‘un-ground’ with a natural finish, leaving the original matt lay-up of the 

double helical hoop pattern intact, adding strength to the blank, making it far more durable, 

whilst still providing the desired enhanced performance. The satin finish, silver/grey blank, 

helps eliminate ‘rod flash’, whilst the contrasting black whippings, with subtle silver trim, give 

these rods a contemporary finish and ‘understated’ look. To keep weight to a minimum, we 

have used lightweight machined aluminium reel seats, with carbon fibre inserts and a silver 

anodised finish. Each rod in the range has a small rubber-cork fighting butt and comes in a 

quality self-colour cotton drill rod bag, plus matching Cordura covered rod tube. 

10268 Spectre ® Pro (Saltwater/Predator) Fly Rod 9' #8 

With the ever increasing popularity of saltwater bonefish, carp and pike fly fishing, the 

Saltwater/Predator model is top of the Spectre range. The blanks have steeper tapers 

and thicker wall profiles to handle the larger, more powerful fish likely to be encountered. 

Lightweight machined aluminium reel seat and high chrome guides make the Spectre SP 

stand out. 

10260 Spectre ® Pro Fly Rod 8'6" #5 

10261 Spectre ® Pro Fly Rod 9' #5 

10262 Spectre® Pro Fly Rod 9' #6 

The perfect small river or brook rods, equally suitable as compact 

small stillwater rods, where a slightly softer action allows a more 

delicate presentation when seeking ‘spooky’ fish. 




The ever popular rods of choice for larger rivers, stillwaters and 

reservoirs. All three models have massive reserves of power, 

allowing those extra few yards to reach the fish previously 

just out of range. 



Two ‘loch style’ rods, the smaller rod being ideal for lighter line 

fishing, particularly dry-fly and top of the water styles, while the 

#6 model is designed for more general loch style fishing for 

brown and rainbow trout, when a more powerful rod is required. 

New for 





13




Diamond 2 Fly Rods 

Since 1994 the name Diamond Fly has been 

synonymous with Snowbee and has built a loyal 

following amongst fly fishers. 

Our top-selling Diamond 2 range incorporates the very latest thinking in 

fly rod design and material technology. The rods retain the same crisp, 

middle-to-tip action of their predecessors and still represent exceptional 

value for money for a rod of this quality. Using our well-tried 

‘Tri-modulus carbon’ technology produces a blank that is fast and light. 

These rods compete on performance with the market leaders, but are 

infinitely more affordable. Using the finest quality materials we spared 

nothing in producing the best looking, best fishing 4-piece fly rods 

we could achieve at this price. The range has been designed 

with a particular fishing application in mind. In addition to 

river, small stillwater and reservoir rods, we also have 

longer, lower line weight models, appealing to river 

fishers who favour the lighter Eastern European and 

Czech nymph styles of fishing. 

Finished in a lustrous deep olive colour, with selfcolour 

whippings, subtle gold graphics and brushed 

aluminium reel seats, with olive green burl wood insert 

complementing the colour of the blanks. Combine all of 

these and you have a rod with timeless appeal. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Diamond 2 Combi 

Outfits 




prices. 

10164 Diamond 2 

Rod 10' #7 

Snowbee Diamond 2 Fly Rods 4-pce 

Model Description Length Line Rod Wt. Handle Price 

10153 Diamond 2 Fly Rod 8’ #4 88g / 3.1oz Half Wells £179.99 S10000 




10159 Diamond 2 Fly Rod 9’ 6” #7 120g / 4.2oz Full Wells £199.99 S11111 



10164 Diamond 2 Fly Rod 10’ #7 129g / 4.5oz Full Wells £214.99 S11945 

Every rod 

comes with 

matching 

cotton-drill 

rod bag and a 

strong cordura 

covered rod 

tube embossed 

with our leather 

‘fly’ logo. 

Features 

l Latest in carbon design and technology 

l Multiple 4 piece blanks l Finished in lustrous 

olive green colour l High quality cork handles 

l Burl wood insert reel seats l Lightweight, 

up-locking, anodised Diamond design reel seat 

l SiC lined stripper rings, high-lift snakes and 

oversize tip rings for effortless casting performance 

l Snowbee Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee 

14 



Classic Fly Rods 

The Classic Fly Rod range has proved as popular with customers just starting out in 

fly fishing as they have for those just looking for a great rod at an affordable price. 



10663-4 Classic Fly Rod 9'6" #6-7 

6' and 7' Classic Brook Rod 

These delightful little rods are ideal for fishing ultra-light tactics on small brooks and streams. 

Match them with our delicate presentation, or Thistledown fly line and one of our smaller 

reels, for the ultimate micro dry-fly outfit. This range includes ultra-lightweight brook rods, 

plus our ever-popular 7' #5-6 model, which makes an ideal Junior Rod, in small hands, but 

has been universally adopted by small stream anglers, as its short length and higher line 

rating, has proved ideal for brook fishing, particularly in windy conditions. 

8' 6" and 9' Classic Rods 

Ideal all-rounders, for rivers or small still-waters, these three models offer effortless casting 

for all-day fishing pleasure. Sensitive tips, but with enough power reserves to tame larger fish. 

9' 6" and 10' Classic Rods 

Longer, more powerful rods designed for larger stillwaters and reservoirs, where additional 

distance is required. The middle to tip action delivers effortless power and distance. Also 

make ideal single-handed salmon or grilse rods for the river. 

Features 

l Fast action blanks generate high line speed for maximum 

distance l Lined stripper rings, high lift snake intermediates 

and oversize hayfork tip rings l A-Grade cork handles, full wells 

on #6-#8 wt. rods, cigar on lighter weight l Lightweight black 

aluminium reel fitting l Fixed butt extension on #6-8 weight rods 

l Finished in a rich hazel colour with matching whippings l Classic 

fly rods come with our Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee. 

10669-4 Classic Saltwater 9' #8 

A new 4-pce saltwater model for 2023. 

See rod photo and full details, as part of the 

10237 Fly Fishing Kit on p16 overleaf. 

New for 


10671 Classic Spey Rod 13' #8-9 

Classic Salmon Spey & Switch Rods 

The ever popular Classic range saw the addition of Salmon Spey and Switch rods in 2020. Providing what the Snowbee Classic is famous for – great 

performance, coupled with sensational value for money. Crisp, responsive action, with reserves of power, these rods are ideal for the newcomer to 

salmon fishing but also gives the travelling angler a reliable multi-piece travel option as an essential backup rod at a sensible price. 

10673 Classic Switch Rod 11' #7 

Classic Fly Rods 4-pce 

Model Length Line Wt. Handle Rod Wt. Price 

10630-4 6’ #2-3 Half Wells 71g/2.5oz £79.99 S4444 



10661-4 8’6” #4-5 Half Wells 102g/3.6oz £89.99 S5000 

10666-4 9' #4-5 Half Wells 106g/3.7oz £94.99 S5278 


10663-4 9’6” #6-7 Full Wells 122g/4.4oz £104.99 S5833 

10664-4 10’ #7-8 Full Wells 130g/4.6oz £114.99 S6389 


10668-4 10’ #6-7 Full Wells 138g/4.9oz £114.99 S6389 

10669-4 9’ NEW #8 Full Wells 116g/4.1oz £104.99 S5833 

Classic Salmon Spey Rods 4-pce 

10671 13’ #8-9 258g/9.1oz £199.99 S11111 

10672 14’ #9-10 286g/10.1oz £219.99 S12222 

Classic Switch Rod 4-pce 

10673 11’ #7 168g/5.9oz £189.99 S10556 

10671 Classic Spey 

13' #8/9 (4 pce) 

A great all round small to 

medium river Spey rod, with a 

crisp, responsive action. 

Best matched to our shorter 

head line profiles like our Short 

Spey lines (p30). 

10672 Classic Spey 14' #9/10 (4 pce) 

Designed for larger rivers where more distance and power are needed. 

Provides a smooth, progressive action particularly when teamed up 

with our Short or Traditional Spey Lines (p30). 

10673 Classic Switch 11' #7 (4 pce) 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Classic Combi 

Outfits 




prices. 

A great all-round switch rod, suited to both smaller rivers and 

stillwaters but with enough power to handle larger rivers and fish. 

Perfectly matched with our 350grain #6/7 Classic or Prestige Switch 

lines for effortless, day-long casting (see pages 30 & 34). 



Classic Fly Fishing Kits 

The Snowbee Classic Fly Fishing Kits are available in eight popular rod sizes, each one in high 

modulus, lightweight graphite, with high-lift snake guides for effortless casting, plus an A-Grade 

cork handle. A new lightweight aluminium reel seat and a quality cloth rod bag is also included. 

Each kit comes complete with a matching Snowbee Classic fly reel, and a weight forward 

profile, Classic floating fly line, providing the ideal components for a perfectly balanced 

outfit. Backing and fly line are already pre-loaded and the tapered leader attached, 

so all you have to do is choose a fly, tie it on... and go fishing! 

10230 Classic Fly Fishing Kit 7' #4 

The perfect outfit for small brooks and streams where a 

delicate, stealthy approach is essential. 

10234 Classic 

Fly Fishing Kit 9' #6 

10231 Classic Junior Fly Fishing Kit 7' #6 

One of the smallest kits in our range aimed squarely at juniors starting out 

in fly fishing. The shorter length and lighter weight will not overload small 

wrists, while the heavier line weight allows quick loading of the rod at short 

distance. This helps teach youngsters what a loading rod feels like. 

10232 Classic Fly Fishing Kit 8' 6" #5 

Ideal for rivers or small stillwaters and makes a great 

starter kit for juniors taking up the sport. 


The next step up from the smaller models, this combines 

for an ideal river or lightweight, small stillwater kit. 


A good all-round kit equally at home on the river, 

small stillwater or lake. 

10235 Classic Fly Fishing 

Kit 9' 6" #7 

An ideal larger stillwater, 

lake or reservoir kit. 

The longer and heavier 

weight provides lots 

of power for that extra 

distance often required 

on larger waters. 

Classic reel and 

floating 

fly line 

10237 Classic Saltwater & 

Predator Fly Rod 9' #8 

New Lightweight Aluminium Reel Seat 

Complete boxed 

sets – ready to 

start fishing! 




The perfect rod for larger still waters, or single-handed salmon and 

sea-trout applications. The crisp middle to tip action provides effortless 

distance casting and plenty of reserves of power to play larger fish. 

Ideal for bank and boat fishing. 

10237 Classic Saltwater & Predator 

Fly Fishing Kit 9' #8 

With the increasing popularity of saltwater fly fishing around our shores, 

these are designed exclusively with the more powerful saltwater and 

predatory fish in mind. The steeper taper on the rod blank, coupled 

with a thicker blank wall, allows these rods to cope with the best of the 

powerful fish likely to be encountered! Equally suitable for predatory 

fish, like pike, or as a single handed salmon or sea-trout rod. 


Classic Fly Fishing Kits 

Model Description Length Line Wt. Price 

10230 Classic Fly Fishing Kit 7' #4 £139.99 S7778 

10231 Classic Junior Fly Fishing Kit 7' #6 £144.99 S8055 

10232 Classic Fly Fishing Kit 8'6" #5 £154.99 S8611 



10235 Classic Fly Fishing Kit 9'6" #7 £169.99 S9444 


10237 Classic Saltwater Fly Fishing Kit 9' #8 £174.99 S9722 

16 



Snowbee Combi Outf its - 

Save 20% with a ‘Perfectly 

Balanced’ Snowbee outfit! 

A complete fly rod, reel and line combination – perfectly matched and guaranteed value for 

money. Our selection of Combi Outfits can be chosen on a ‘mix and match’ basis, with each 

kit comprising of a fly rod, fly reel and one or more fly lines from our range and offering a 

saving of 20% on the individual item prices. This promotion is only available in the UK. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Snowbee Combi 

Outfits 

Choose your Rod, Reel and Fly Line 

from the relevant section and then 

deduct 20% from the total for the 

Snowbee Combi Outfit’ price! 

1. Prestige G-XS Graphene Combi Outfit 

For the ultimate fly rod, reel and line combination which is perfectly matched 

and balanced. Select from our range of Prestige Fly Rods on pages 8-11, team 

it up with one of our XS, Prestige Gold or Spectre Fly Reels from pages 18-21 

and complete the outfit with one of our XS-Plus Fly Lines from pages 26-31. 

2. Spectre® Pro Combi Outfit 

The Spectre ® Pro range offers superb performance without having to spend a 

fortune or worry about ‘shelf appeal’! Select any Spectre Fly Rod from pages 

12-13, match it with an XS, Spectre or Onyx Fly Reel from pages 18-23 and add 

an XS-Plus Fly Line from pages 26-31. 

Example 1 Prestige G-XS 8' #4 fly 

rod + Prestige Gold #3/4 Fly Reel 

+ XS-Plus Thistledown 2 #2/5 fly line 

RRP £734.97 Combi Outfit Price 

ONLY £587.98 SAVE £146.99! 

Example 2 Prestige G-XS 10' #7 fly 

rod + Prestige Gold #7/8 Fly Reel 

+ Spectre Distance #7 fly line RRP 

£814.97 Combi Outfit Price ONLY 

£651.98 SAVE £162.99! 

Example 1 Spectre ® Pro 10' #7 fly rod 

+ Spectre #7/8 Cassette fly reel outfit, 

with 3 spare spools + 4 x XS-Plus #7 fly 

lines RRP £834.94 Combi Outfit Price 

ONLY £667.95 SAVE £166.99! 

Example 2 Spectre 14' #9/10 Spey 

rod + XS #9/11 fly reel + XS-Plus 

Traditional Spey line #9/10 RRP 

£749.97 Combi Outfit Price ONLY 

£599.98 SAVE £149.99! 

3. Diamond 2 Combi Outfit 4. Classic Combi Outfit 

For a mid-range outfit combining stunning performance with serious value 

for money. Select from our range of Diamond² Fly Rods on page 14, team 

it up with one of our Spectre or Onyx Fly Reels from pages 20-23 and 

complete the outfit with one of our XS Fly Lines from pages 32-33. 

For those just taking up the sport, or for more experienced anglers looking for 

a performance outfit at a budget price. Select from our range of Classic Fly 

Rods on page 15, team it up with one of our Classic 2 Fly Reels from page 24 

and complete the outfit with one of our Classic Fly Lines from page 34. 

Example 1 Diamond² 9' #4 fly rod + 

Spectre #3/4 fly reel + XS floating #4 fly 

line RRP £419.97 Combi Outfit Price 

ONLY £335.98 SAVE £83.99! 

Example 2 Diamond² 10' #7 fly rod 

+ Onyx #7/9 Cassette fly reel + 

XS-Plus Spectre Distance #7 Fly Line 

RRP £384.97 Combi Outfit Price 

ONLY £307.98 SAVE £76.99! 

Example 1 Classic 9' #5/6 fly rod 

+ Classic #5/6 reel + Classic #6 

Floating Line RRP £167.97 

Combi Outfit Price ONLY £134.38 

SAVE £33.59! 

Example 2 Classic 11' #7 Switch rod 

+ Classic #7/8 fly reel + Classic 350gr 

Switch line RRP £277.97 

Combi Outfit Price ONLY £222.38 

SAVE £55.59! 


17


XS Salmon and Saltwater Fly Reels 

21 years ago we launched the original XS fly reels; our 

first CNC-machined fly reel manufactured to our design 

by British Fly Reels (BFR) in Falmouth, UK. These 

ground-breaking reels won every 'Best New Fly Reel' 

review two years running. We felt the time was 

right to resurrect the 'XS' name for a new, top of 

the range fly reel – so here they are! 

These new reels started with a simple design concept and resulted 

in the polished new product of today which moves us into a different 

league, in terms of technology and performance. 

XS fly reel #7/9 

back detail 

The design brief was for a range of reels, with which the world’s fly fishers could 

take on the best that the largest rivers and widest oceans could throw at them... 

and win! These sensational looking reels feature a precision milled CNC body and 

spool to reduce weight to the absolute minimum, 

whilst retaining massive strength. The powerful 

multi-disc drag system incorporates a combination 

of stainless steel, composite and carbon fibre discs, 

which delivers a silky-smooth drag performance 

with near zero start-up inertia. This has taken 

the hugely effective design and performance 

of those original XS reels made at BFR to new 

levels, by using modern materials and with a 

modern finish to match, with added weight 

saving and performance. A fine-pitch, detented 

drag adjustment allows constant minute 

increases in drag pressure as required, from 

zero to the max with infinite control, plus the 

whole drag assembly is then completely sealed 

for saltwater use and protection by means of 

silicone O-rings. 

10570 XS Fly Reel #7/9 

The first choice for the best of saltwater bonefish, jacks, permit and smaller 

tarpon, or bass and pollock closer to home, and light enough to be the 

perfect partner to the exceptional new Graphene saltwater rods. Also ideal 

when matched with the smaller Spey or Switch rods for when using lighter 

lines salmon or sea-trout fishing. Diameter: 4”/ 102 mm Weight: 180g (6.3oz) 

XS fly reel #7/9 

front detail 

10571 XS Fly Reel #9/11 

The #9/11 model has a class-leading line capacity, which will comfortably swallow a long-belly 

Spey line with ample backing to spare. Whether your target species is Atlantic or Pacific 

salmon on the fastest of rivers, sailfish and tuna on the world’s oceans, or monster Tarpon in 

tropical mangroves, this powerful reel will cope comfortably with it’s amazing drag system 

delivering up to 6.8kg (15lb) of drag. Diameter: 4.4” / 112 mm Weight: 200g (7.1oz) 

XS Salmon and Saltwater Fly Reels 

Model Description Backing Capacity Price 

10570 XS Fly Reel #7/9 WF8F + 200yds 20lb braid £275.99 S15333 

10571 XS Fly Reel #9/11 #10/11 Spey + 300yds 30lb braid £299.99 S16667 

10570-SP XS #7/9 Spare Spool 

10571-SP XS #9/11 Spare Spool 

£129.99 S7222 

£149.99 S8333 

Features 

l Precision CNC machined from Aerospace grade A6061-T6 

aluminium l Milled frame and spool for ultra-light weight 

l Large arbor design for faster retrieve, more consistent 

drag performance and minimal line memory l Extra-hard 

anodised finish for total saltwater and chip resistance 

l Multi-disc, sealed, saltwater-resistant centre drag system 

l Easy left to right hand conversion l One-way roller clutch 

bearing plus sealed drag system l All stainless steel internal 

parts l Quick release spool for easy change over l Tippet 

retaining O-ring on spool counter-balance. 

18 



Prestige Gold Fly Reels 

10552 Prestige Gold Fly Reel #3/4 

The Prestige #3/4 model is the ideal, lightweight 

small river reel, offering the perfect balance on rods 

of 6-8½ft. Diameter: 2.9” / 74mm Weight: 106g 


The Prestige #5/6 is the perfect choice for slightly 

larger rivers, with rods of around 9ft, but with 

sufficient backing capacity for stillwaters. Also 

makes the perfect loch style reel, matched to the 

lighter weight rods, now commonly used. 

Diameter: 3.4” / 86mm Weight: 136g 

To complement our class-leading Prestige G-XS fly rods the Prestige Gold fly reels provide an ultralightweight 

reel option for superb balance on today’s lightweight carbon fly rods. Precision CNCmachined 

from solid, high grade aircraft aluminium bar stock. The CNC design programming ensures 

that the maximum amount of metal is removed, for the lightest weight possible whilst retaining optimum 

strength and rigidity. These precision reels are fitted with a sealed, multi-disc cork and stainless steel 

centre drag, which offers powerful drag performance to cope with the hardest 

running fish. However, the multi-disc design provides minimal start-up inertia to 

prevent break-offs with ‘smash takes’ and allows the use of the finest tippets. The 

large arbor design allows faster retrieve, more consistent drag performance and 

minimal line memory. Internal parts, such as the main spindle and clutch bearing, 

are manufactured from stainless steel for corrosion resistance even in salt-water, 

while the precision one-way roller clutch bearing provides instant drag control 

when that ‘smash take’ catches you by surprise. The hard gold anodised finish 

provides superb saltwater and chip resistance. The comfortable spool handle 

and counter weight are machined from aluminium and hard 

anodised in a contrasting black colour. 

Since the introduction of the Prestige Gold Fly Reels in 2020, we have constantly been asked for a 

cassette version, so here they are! All the features of the original reels, but with the convenience of 

quick-change Cassette Spools. 


The Prestige #7/8 will be the choice of larger 

river anglers, fishing Sea-Trout or Salmon with 

single handed rods, or larger stillwater & reservoir 

anglers, who want a great looking, quality reel, 

with a powerful drag & sufficient backing capacity 

to handle large fish. Also make the ideal choice for 

#7 and #8wt Switch rods. 


Features 

l Precision CNC machined from high grade 

aluminium bar stock l Ultra lightweight design 

for better rod/reel balance l Large arbor 

design for faster retrieve, more consistent drag 

performance and minimal line memory 

l Extra hard anodised finish for saltwater and 

chip resistance l Multi-disc cork and stainless 

steel centre drag system l Easy left to right 

hand conversion l One-way roller clutch bearing 

l Stainless steel main spindle l Easy release 

spool l Complete with Neoprene reel case for 

protection. 

10553C Prestige Gold Cassette 

Fly Reel #5/6 

A cassette spool version of the original #5/6 model, 

but with a cassette spool. 


10554C Prestige Gold Cassette 


A cassette spool version of the original #7/8 model, 

but with a cassette spool. 


Prestige Gold Fly Reels 

Model Description Backing Capacity Colour Price 

10552 Prestige Gold Fly Reel #3/4 WF4F + 50yds 22lb braid Satin Gold £179.99 S10000 



10552-SP Spare Spool for Prestige #3/4 £79.99 S4444 



10553C Prestige Gold Cassette Fly Reel #5/6 WF6F + 75yds 22lb braid Satin Gold £194.99 S10833 

10553C-3 Prestige Gold Cassette Fly Reel #5/6 + 3 cassette spools in case £229.99 S12778 

10553C-SP Cassette Spool for Prestige #5/6 £9.99 S555 

10554C Prestige Gold Cassette Fly Reel #7/8 WF8F + 100yds 22lb braid Satin Gold £204.99 S11389 

10554C-3 Prestige Gold Cassette Fly Reel #7/8 + 3 cassette spools in case £249.99 S13889 

10554C-SP Cassette Spool for Prestige #7/8 £9.99 S555 

Prestige Gold Cassette 

Fly Reel Kits 

For convenience the new Cassette 

reels are also available as a kit, 

comprising a Cassette reel/spool, 

plus 3 further Cassette Spools in a 

neat zip-up case. 


19


Spectre Fly Reels 

Our range of Spectre reels are 

ultra-lightweight, precision CNC machined 

aluminium reels at an amazing price! 

Machined from high grade, aircraft aluminium bar stock, the 

unique design removes the maximum amount of metal, 

whilst retaining optimum strength and rigidity, for an 

ultra-lightweight and better rod/reel balance. 

The multi-disc cork and stainless steel centre drag, 

offers superb performance with minimal start-up 

inertia, while the large arbor design allows faster 

retrieve, more consistent drag performance and 

minimal line memory. The stainless steel main 

spindle coupled with the one-way roller clutch 

bearing, provides instant drag control when that 

‘smash take’ catches you by surprise. 

Multi-disc cork and 

stainless steel centre 

drag system 

Large arbor design 

for faster retrieve, 

more consistent drag 

performance and 

minimal line memory 

The extended range covers all requirements from 

the smallest brook fishing up to salmon, sea-trout and 

saltwater. Complete with a neoprene reel case this range 

offers unmatched performance and great value for money. 

10546 Spectre 


One-way roller 

clutch bearing 

Stainless steel main spindle 

10546 Spectre Fly Reel #2/3 

The smallest model in the range, the Spectre 

#2/3 makes an ideal companion for the 

smallest brook rods, where light 

weight is all important. Diameter: 

2.7”/68mm Weight: 99g 

10547 Spectre 

#3/4, Black 

10548S Spectre 

#5/6, Gunmetal Silver 

10547S Spectre #3/4, 

Gunmetal Silver 

10548 Spectre 

#5/6, Black 

10547 Spectre 


The Spectre #3/4 model 

is ideal for small river rods 

around 8ft, offering the perfect 

balance. Available in Black and 

Gunmetal Silver. Diameter: 

2.9”/74mm Weight: 107g 

10549S 

Spectre #7/8, 

Gunmetal Silver 

10549 Spectre 

#7/8, Black 


The Spectre #5/6 is the perfect choice 

for the angler who fishes slightly 

larger rivers, with rods of around 9ft, 

but also has sufficient backing capacity 

for small stillwaters. Available in 

Black and Gunmetal Silver. 

Diameter: 3.4”/86mm Weight: 137g 


The choice of larger river anglers fishing 

sea-trout or salmon with single handed rods, 

or larger stillwater and reservoir anglers wanting a 

good looking, quality reel with a powerful drag 

and sufficient backing capacity to handle large fish. 

Available in Black and Gunmetal Silver. 


20 



10551 Spectre #10/11 

10550 Spectre #9/10 

10550 Spectre Fly Reel 

#9/10 

Our Spectre #9/10 offers the 

salmon or saltwater angler a quality 

reel with ample backing capacity 

and enough ‘stopping power’ to 

handle anything you may come 

across. Diameter: 4.1”/105mm 

Weight: 171g 


The Spectre #10/11 is the perfect choice for 

the salmon angler fishing big rivers with big 

lines. Capable of holding a full #10/11 Spey 

line plus 300yds of backing. Equally suited 

to heavy saltwater fishing. 


Spectre Cassette Spool #5/6 and #7/8 Fly Reels 

Our popular #5/6 and #7/8 models are available 

in a cassette spool version. Built to the same 

exacting standards as the current reels, 

but fitted with a precision moulded, 

polycarbonate cassette spool. Giving 

the same line capacity as the standard 

model, this offers the advantage 

of quick-change, inexpensive and 

lightweight cassette spools, so 

favoured by competition fishermen. 

Purpose-designed so it will ‘retro-fit’ 

existing Spectre reels. Available as 

either individual reels or as reel kits. 

Spectre Fly Reels 

Model Black Model Silver Description Backing Capacity Colour Price 

10546 N/A Spectre Fly Reel #2/3 WF3F + 30yd 22lb braid Black £174.99 S9722 

10546-SP N/A Spare Spool for Spectre #2/3 Black £84.99 S4722 

10547 10547S Spectre Fly Reel #3/4 WF4F + 50yd 22lb braid Black or Silver £174.99 S9722 

10547-SP 10547S-SP Spare Spool for Spectre #3/4 Black or Silver £84.99 S4722 





10550 N/A Spectre Fly Reel #9/10 Spey #9/10 + 200yd 22lb braid Black £204.99 S11389 


10551 N/A Spectre Fly Reel #10/11 Spey #10/11 + 300yd 30lb braid Black £229.99 S12778 


Spectre Cassette Fly Reels 

10549CS Spectre #7/8 Cassette 

Diameter: 3.7”/ 94mm Weight: 160g 

10548C Spectre #5/6 Cassette 

Diameter: 3.4”/ 86mm Weight: 150g 

10548C 10548CS Spectre Cassette Fly Reel #5/6 WF6F + 75yd 22lb braid Black or Silver £189.99 S10556 

10548C-SP 10548C-SP Cassette Spool for Spectre #5/6 Clear £9.99 S555 

10548C-3 10548CS-3 Spectre Cassette Fly Reel #5/6 + 3 Spare Cassette Spools in Reel Case Black or Silver £229.99 S12778 

10549C 10549CS Spectre Cassette Fly Reel #7/8 WF8F + 100yd 22lb braid Black or Silver £209.99 S11667 

10549C-SP 10549C-SP Cassette Spool for Spectre #7/8 Clear £9.99 S555 

10549C-3 10549CS-3 Spectre Cassette Fly Reel #7/8 + 3 Spare Cassette Spools in Reel Case Black or Silver £239.99 S13333 


21


Onyx Fly Reels 

A new dimension in fly reel design and 

technology. 

The main reel frame and spool are made from lightweight, durable 

die-cast aluminium and finished on a precision CNC machine, so you 

get the best of both worlds – the finish, feel and precision of a 

CNC machined reel, but at a die-cast price. The large arbor design 

gives faster line retrieve, more consistent drag performance and 

minimal line memory. Add to this a multi-disc, centre drag system 

and you have a fly reel which performs way above its expectations 

at this price level. The cork and stainless steel drag discs provide a 

smooth, powerful drag performance, with minimal start-up inertia 

to avoid those ‘smash-takes’. 

In a range of sizes from the #3/4 

model for the smallest brook 

rod, to a powerful #9/11 salmon 

model. The #5/7 and #7/9 models 

come with an easy-change 

cassette spool system. 

10538S Onyx #5/7 

The popular #5/7 model, but 

now available in a traditional 

spool version, in our new 

Gunmetal Silver colour. The 

perfect reel for the river, or small 

stillwater angler, who doesn’t 

require numerous spare spools. 

Diameter: 3.5”/88mm 

Weight: 157g 

10537 Onyx #3/4 – Black 

10537 Onyx #3/4 

The #3/4 model is an ideal, lightweight small river reel offering 

smooth performance and good line capacity for its size. 


Features 

10537S Onyx #3/4 – Silver 

l CNC machine finished, die-cast aluminium frame and spool 

l Large arbor design l Extra hard paint finish for salt-water and 

chip resistance l Multi-disc cork and stainless steel centre drag 

system l Easy left to right hand conversion l One-way roller 

clutch bearing l Stainless steel main spindle l Quick release spool. 

10538S Onyx #5/7 – Silver 

10538C Onyx Fly Reel 

#5/7 Cassette – Black 

10538C Onyx #5/7 Cassette 

The #5/7 model comes in a Cassette Spool form, offering the convenience of 

a quick-change cassette system, coupled with the cost saving of multiple spare 

spools. The cassette spools are moulded in a flexible polycarbonate which allows 

them to flex rather than crack under extreme strain. The generous backing capacity 

makes these reels ideal for both river fishing and small still waters. 


10538CS Onyx Fly Reel 

#5/7 Cassette – Silver 

22 



10539C Onyx #7/9 Cassette 

The #7/9 model is aimed at the larger still water or reservoir 

angler who wants good line capacity, a smooth, powerful 

drag and the convenience of a ‘quick-change’ Cassette 

Spool system. Diameter: 3.7”/95mm Weight: 173g 

10539CS Onyx #7/9 

Cassette – Silver 

10540 Onyx #9/11 

The #9/11 model is aimed at the salmon/sea-trout 

angler, looking for good line capacity, coupled 

with a smooth, powerful drag, capable of taming 

hard-running fish. The #9/11 delivers on all counts! 


10540 Onyx #9/11 

10539C Onyx #7/9 

Cassette – Black 

Neoprene reel 

case supplied 

with individual 

reels. 

10540 Onyx #9/11 

19021 4-reel/ 

spool case 

10537 Onyx #3/4 

10538C Onyx #5/7C 

10539C-3 Onyx #7/9C, with 3 spare 

spools in reel bag 

Onyx Fly Reels 

Model - Black Model - Silver Description Backing Capacity Price 

10537 10537S Onyx Fly Reel #3/4 WF4F + 50yds 22lb PES £87.99 S4889 

N/A 10538S Onyx Fly Reel #5/7 WF6F + 75yds 22lb PES £94.99 S5278 

10538C 10538CS Onyx Fly Reel #5/7 Cassette WF6F + 75yds 22lb PES £94.99 S5278 

10538C-3 10538CS-3 Onyx Fly Reel #5/7 + 3 spare Cassette Spools in Reel Case £119.99 S6666 

10539C 10539CS Onyx Fly Reel #7/9 Cassette WF7F + 100yds 22lb PES £104.99 S5833 

10539C-3 10539CS-3 Onyx Fly Reel #7/9 + 3 spare Cassette Spools in Reel Case £134.99 S7500 

10540 N/A Onyx Fly Reel #9/11 WF10F + 200yds 22lb PES £119.99 S6666 

10537-SP 10537S-SP Spare Spool for Onyx #3/4 £39.99 S2222 

N/A 10538S-SP Spare Spool for Onyx #5/7 £39.99 S2222 

10538CSP 10538CSP Cassette Spool for Onyx #5/7 £9.99 S555 

10539CSP 10539CSP Cassette Spool for Onyx #7/9 £9.99 S555 

10540-SP N/A Spare Spool for Onyx #9/11 £49.99 S2777 

19021 Separate 4-Reel/Spool Case £17.99 S999 


23


Classic 2 Fly Reels & Kits 

Top quality Disc Drag Fly Reels... at an affordable price. 

We relaunched the popular Classic 2 range for 2020 in a gunmetal grey colour. These superb reels sum up what 

Snowbee is famous for... top quality product at mid range prices. They are precision moulded from glassfibre 

reinforced nylon to provide a lightweight, rigid frame which is totally corrosion proof. The large arbor, open 

cage design provides fast retrieve and minimal line memory off the spool. The rear control, stacked, multi-disc 

composite and stainless steel drag system has a smooth, sensitive detent to take the drag smoothly from ‘off’, to 

‘maximum’ setting and provides amazing performance for a reel of this price. Available in a full range 

of sizes from the #3/4 for river fishing, through the #5/6 and #7/8 for small stillwater and reservoirs, right up to the 

amazing #9/11 which is exclusive to Snowbee and provides a quality salmon/ 

sea-trout reel at a class-leading price, with a powerful drag system to match. 

A modern 'V' spool design gives added backing capacity to all models. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Classic Combi 

Outfits 




prices. 

10560 Classic 2 


10561 Classic 2 


10562 Classic 2 Fly Reel #7/8 10563 Classic 2 Fly Reel #9/11 

Classic 2 Reel/Spool Kits 

These new kits offer legendary Classic 

performance, coupled with great 

value for money. Supplied in a neat 

divider bag, each kit offers a Classic 2 

reel plus two spare spools. Ideal for 

the fly fisher just starting out, or the 

more experienced, looking for a full 

kit without breaking the bank! Couple 

these up with our Classic Floating, 

Intermediate and Fast-Sink lines and 

you have a full outfit ready to go! 

Available in #5/6 or #7/8 kits. 

Classic 2 fly reel/spool/fly line 

combi kits 

See p34 for details and SAVE 20% 

on the outfit! 

Classic 2 Fly Reels 

Model Description Backing Capacity Price 

10560 Classic 2 Fly Reel #3/4 WF4F + 50yds 22lb braid £39.99 S2222 



10563 Classic 2 Salmon Fly Reel #9/11 #10/11 Spey+200yds 22lb £52.99 S2944 

10560SP Spare Spool for Classic 2 #3/4 £15.99 S888 




10561-KIT Classic 2 Fly Reel Kit #5/6 – Fly Reel +2 spare spools in bag £84.99 S4722 

10562-KIT Classic 2 Fly Reel Kit #7/8 – Fly Reel +2 spare spools in bag £94.99 S5278 

Braided Dacron Backing 

Model Breaking Strain Length Colour Price 

15950 20lb Trout 100m White or Hi-Viz Yellow £5.99 S333 

15951 30lb Salmon 100m White or Hi-Viz Yellow £6.99 S388 

15952 20lb Trout 1,250m White or Hi-Viz Yellow £59.99 S3333 

15953 30lb Salmon 1,250m White or Hi-Viz Yellow £64.99 S3611 

Braided Dacron Backing Line 

A top-quality, low diameter backing made from 100% polyester 

Dacron fibres. The low diameter and near zero stretch, coupled 

with the range of sizes and colours, make this an ideal backing 

line for trout, salmon or saltwater. For longer lengths, our 100m 

spools come packed five to a box, joined or we have bulk 

1,250m spools. Sizes: 20lb B.S. (trout) & 30lb B.S. (salmon) in 

100m spools or 1,250m bulk spools Colours: White or Hi-Viz 

Yellow Diameter: 20lb 0.38mm; 30lb 0.43mm 

24 



Fly Lines 

New technology takes our award winning fly lines to yet higher levels! 

Having had to revise and move our fly line production, due to the issues 

caused worldwide by the Covid pandemic, production was seriously 

affected for a while and forced us to make some essential changes. At 

the point of having to make the changes, we also chose to rationalise the 

whole range and take out a number of lines that were similar in design to 

one another. We took out all the older Countdown lines and added two of 

the most popular size sink-tip lines, with a longer 10ft Buzzer 2 Sink-Tip, 

plus a further faster sinking 10ft Sink-tip in the superb casting Spectre 

Distance range. An important addition as Sink-Tip fishing has become such 

a popular and diverse style of fishing today. 

We’ve replaced the Neutral Density with a two colour XS Hover Slow 

Intermediate, plus extended the XS single colour range, to include two new 

sub-surface lines. We’ve also condensed the Salmon and Saltwater ranges 

and have full production on all lines once again. The results have given us a 

more compact range across all lines but still providing an ideal choice for every 

situation. 

New advances in Nano Coating Technology (NCT) have also enabled us to 

produce the smoothest, most supple and longest lasting fly lines in over 30 

years of fly line production. Our 'Nano-Coating' was first introduced in 2015, 

and took our lines onto a new level. The latest generation of XS and XS-Plus 

fly lines however, have an even finer finish than we’ve been able to achieve 

before, helping them to not only cast better, as they travel silently through the 

rod rings and cut cleaner through the air, but also more durable, increasing the 

life of all our lines still further. The result and general feedback so far has been 

outstanding, and combining our unique, bespoke material and design profiles, 

have now enhanced even the best lines we have ever produced. 

If you thought our previous range of lines were good – just wait until you try these! 

XS-Plus Fly Lines 

Our fly lines are currently broken down into 

three main groups with the popular XS-Plus 

recognised as our flagship top of the range, 

with a wider selection than our standard XS. 

The XS-Plus are all two-colour options, in a 

range of weight forward bespoke profiles, 

designed specifically for their specialist 

applications and form the major group of 

our Snowbee fly lines today. This includes 

the Twin Colours, Spectre Distance and 

Thistledown, plus all the Salmon and 

Saltwater XS-Plus fly lines. 

Classic Fly Lines 

The final group of Snowbee fly lines 

are the Classic series. Each in a weight 

forward profile and single colour only, 

with characteristically shorter heads than 

the XS and XS-Plus ranges, aimed more 

specifically at the budget conscious or 

newcomer, just starting out in fly fishing. 

XS Fly Lines 

The XS range use exactly the same materials in production but each of the 

XS fly lines are the same standard length at 90ft and a standard XS profile in 

single colour only. Our traditional XS Ivory and Hi-Viz floating fly lines, have 

formed our core products since their first development over 30 years ago and 

continue to do so, with their characteristic profile and instantly recognisable 

livery. Added to the XS range late last year, were two sinking options, an 

Intermediate (2.5ips) and a Fast-Sink (5ips) line, to provide everything needed 

for a good day out on the water, searching the depths for those elusive fish! 

We also have a traditional single colour floating Double Taper line in the XS 

range and for 2023, by popular demand, we see a welcome return of the XS 

Delicate Presentation line. 

Awards season 2017-18 


25


XS-Plus Spectre Distance Fly Lines 

WFSDF XS-Plus 

Spectre Distance Floating 

WFSDST XS-Plus 

Spectre Sink-Tip 

WFSDI XS-Plus 

Spectre Intermediate 

WFSDFS XS-Plus 

Spectre Fast-Sink 

The XS-Plus Spectre Distance lines have proved nothing short of 

sensational, with the design taking into account the casting ability of most 

anglers. If you can cast at all, this line will help flatter your performance. 

If you can cast well, the Spectre Distance lines will help make your casting 

become exceptional. The new Spectre series have a profile that extends 

beyond the range of our traditional XS fly lines and at 30ft longer are 

40 yards in total length, necessary to accommodate their outstanding 

performance. Each of the Spectre Distance lines has the same head length 

at 47ft. To achieve the benefit of longer casts however, the profiles have 

been ‘tweaked’ accordingly, to optimise all casting abilities. The front taper 

is 7ft in order to still achieve great turnover, especially at longer range and 

the longer rear taper of 8ft extends the profile over which a good cast can 

still be achieved, whether the optimum head length has been precisely 

aerialised, or not. 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120ft 

FRONT 

TAPER 

7ft 

Snowbee XS-Plus Spectre Distance 

WEIGHT FORWARD PROFILE - LINE LENGTH - 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

Floating 

Sink-Tip 

Intermediate 

Fast-Sink 

LINE BELLY 

32ft 

REAR 

TAPER 

8ft 

RUNNING LINE 73ft 

The rear taper on the Spectre lines start at a much extended 39ft, nearly 

1/3rd longer than the standard XS. This provides a ‘load point’ much 

longer than normal, yet still very manageable. So, where room behind 

for a decent back-cast, this helps significantly when distance casting, 

without adding bulk to the fly line to achieve the same. Snowbee lines are 

renowned for being very slim and by extending the head length within 

manageable levels, this provides perfect rod flex when fully extended, 

without increasing wind resistance through bulk. With a longer head 

already extended, the cast automatically travels further. Snowbee’s slim 

running line also then comes into play and is why these lines are now 120ft 

long rather than the standard 90ft. 

The Spectre series now comprises of four lines with the addition of a new 

Sink-Tip version for this ever more popular style of fishing. It has a sinking 

10ft tip of similar 2-2.5ips density to the long full head intermediate. The 

Floating line will provide long and accurate casts when fishing dries, and 

the sink tip can further extend that now to enhance control when fishing 

buzzers, damsels and washing line for example. The Intermediate, with a 

level sink rate on the head of 2-2.5ips provides the ability to fish subsurface, 

plus allows great control to more depth if required, in all weathers. 

The Fast-Sink line has a sink rate of 5ips and provides the ability to reach 

drop-offs at long range and get down quickly to fish near the bottom, early 

season with boobies, or even to explore greater depths 

from the boat. All the lines have a Hi-Viz Chartreuse 

floating running line that will gradually pull sub-surface, 

with the weight of the sinking lines, providing the 

perfect direct link to the flies without slack, for best 

visibility and enhanced take detection. 

XS-Plus Spectre Distance Fly Lines 

Model Description Colours Sink rate/Density Line range Price 

WFSDF XS-Plus Spectre Distance Floating Ivory/Chartreuse Floating / Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFSDST XS-Plus Spectre Distance Sink-Tip Aqua/Ivory/Chartreuse 10ft Tip 2.5 ips / Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFSDI XS-Plus Spectre Intermediate Aqua/Chartreuse 2-2.5 ips / Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFSDFS XS-Plus Spectre Fast-Sink Charcoal/Chartreuse 5 ips / Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

26 



XS-Plus Distance Fly Lines 

When it comes down to reaching fish that have pushed far out 

from the shore on a distant drop off, because of bright sun, weed, 

shallow water or just fishing pressure, the new Nano Technology 

of the XS-Plus fly lines could not be better suited to the distance 

profiles and construction of these two superb fly lines. 

EDF XS-Plus Extreme Distance Floating 

(Ivory/Peach WF5-WF8) 

This line has the longest head of any Snowbee fly line at 60 feet and 150ft (50yards) in total 

length. With the superb, silky finish of the Ivory coloured head, this line could easily be mistaken 

for an XS floating line, until the two-tone transition to the peach running line becomes exposed. 

Then, in the hands of a good exponent of the double haul, and a Prestige G-XS Graphene fly rod 

for example, the biggest give away of all is when the exceptional distance, that can be effortlessly 

achieved, becomes evident as the line disappears towards the horizon! This twin-colour fly line is 

truly exceptional and is another award winning fly line in the Snowbee XS-Plus range. Now with a 

#5wt version, this has proved to be one of the ultimate distance casting lines ever made….. 

Snowbee XS-Plus Extreme Distance - Floating 

WEIGHT FORWARD PROFILE WITH CONTINUOUS RUNNING LINE 

- LINE LENGTH 150ft / 50yds / 45.7m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 90 120 150ft 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8ft 

LINE BELLY 37ft 

REAR 

TAPER 

15ft 


EDF XS-Plus Extreme Distance 

EXDF XS-Plus XS-tra Distance Floating 

(Chartreuse/Hi-Viz Orange WF5-WF8) 

This very supple line with a short, Hi-Viz Chartreuse head and Hi-Viz Orange running line will 

deliver a cast at range with very little back cast. Deliberately designed for use in tight spaces, or 

simply effortless distance casting even for a modest beginner, the line excels when teamed up 

with the correctly weighted fly rod and is the most commonly purchased fly line on the Snowbee 

‘balanced outfit’ promotion (see p17). 

The XS-Plus XS-tra Distance line uses a shooting-head profile designed for extreme distance casting 

with minimal back-cast or false casting. This floating line, has a relatively short head of 40ft, with 

a short rear taper for powerful performance, onto a continuous, high visibility and fine diameter, 

floating running line. With the new Nano-coating, of all the XS-Plus fly lines, this provides the ultimate 

‘shootability’ when casting and the high visibility helps enhance optimum ‘take’ and ‘strike’ detection. 

The overall length of the line is 120ft (40 yards), some 30ft longer than the standard XS and most other 

conventional fly line profiles, purposely extended to accommodate the range that can be attained. Early 

trials saw the loop to backing joint, rattling through the rod rings in no time. This line will help benefit 

those of all casting abilities to exceed the performance of traditional profile lines and help reach those 

fish that were previously just out of casting range, especially when faced with a limited casting space 

behind. As the name suggests…XS-tra Distance casting made easy! 

Snowbee XS-Plus XS-tra Distance 

SHOOTING HEAD PROFILE - LINE LENGTH - 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120ft 

HEAD LENGTH: 

FLOATING 40FT 

RUNNING LINE: 

HV FLOATING 80FT 

XS-Plus Distance Floating Fly Lines 

Model Description Colours Line range Price 

EDF XS-Plus Extreme Distance Floating Ivory / Peach WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

EXDF XS-Plus XS-tra Distance Floating Chartreuse / Orange WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

EXDF XS-Plus XS-tra 

Distance - Floating 


27


XS-Plus Fly Lines 

All these lines are made to the same exacting profile as the XS fly lines but in instantly recognisable 

twin colours, where the density or profile changes. With an extended 'bleed' between colour/ 

density change, this also means that the sink-tips avoid inherent ‘hinging’ or ‘kick’, so often 

associated with some sink-tip fly lines, thus ensuring excellent presentation and turnover. 

WFFTC XS-Plus Twin Colour Floating 

Ivory/Blue WF #3, 4, 5, 6, 7 & 8 

The original Snowbee twin colour fly line, first used by casting instructors and 

demonstrators worldwide, to perfect and demonstrate their art but now made 

using the very latest in nano-coating technology. The best of the Snowbee 

XS standard fly line designs, combined with a simple colour enhancement, to 

assist every fly fisher at perfecting their technique and selecting the optimum 

loading point to provide the perfect cast every time! 

Snowbee XS-Plus Twin Colour Floating 

WEIGHT FORWARD PROFILE - LINE LENGTH 90ft / 30yds / 27.4m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

XS-Plus Buzzer Sink-Tip Fly Lines 

Whether buzzer fishing, nymphing, retrieving small lures or sea trout 

fishing after dark, these two lines offer superb control for perfect 

casting and fly presentation, when wanting to fish in or just beneath 

the surface. They offer minimal stretch for ultimate feel, but enough 

to prevent bounce off that can result from non-stretch lines. They also 

help massively when buzzer fishing, to convert ‘taps’ and ‘takes’ to 

‘fish-on!’, as the fish can hook themselves with a more direct contact 

to the fly and the low resistance created from being just beneath the 

surface, even before you may have felt them. 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 

RUNNING LINE 47.5ft 

WFHI XS-Plus ‘Hover’ Slow Intermediate 

(sink rate 1-1.5ips) Mustard/Ivory, WF #5, 6, 7 & 8 

The super slow, uniform sink rate of this line is designed to ‘hang’ sub-surface, 

hence the name. Some slow sinking lines simply sink too quickly and fall below 

invisible fish feeding just beneath the surface. Sink-tip lines can be an option, 

but this fishes slowly and evenly throughout its entire head length, offering 

exceptional control having first cut through the surface film. It then sinks very 

slowly with continuing immense control and combines all the benefits of the 

Neutral Density and Kelly Blue lines before it. The delightful memory-free finish, 

low stretch and super sensitive core with floating running line, keeps you in perfect 

touch and feel in all conditions. There is barely a line made today to match it. 

Snowbee XS-Plus ‘Hover’ Slow Intermediate (1 -1.5ips) 


0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

WFBT1 XS-Plus Buzzer 1 Sink-Tip (1.75 ips) 

Olive/Ivory WF #5, 6, 7 & 8 

The original Buzzer line with the 3-4ft of olive slow sinking tip. A deadly line 

when nymph and buzzer fishing, straight line or washing line style, every angler 

should carry one. Also increasingly popular at night for sea trout fishing. 

WFBT2 XS-Plus Buzzer 2 Sink-Tip (1.75 ips) 

Teal Blue/Ivory WF #5, 6, 7 & 8 

This is a brand new line and big brother to the original Buzzer line above. A sinktip 

line which exhibits superb casting performance, with a longer 10ft tip, which 

will hold longer sub-surface, giving straight line contact with the fly to avoid 

missed takes, whilst depth control is achieved through speed of retrieve. Ideal 

for serious trout, great in a bigger wave and fishing deeper than the original 

version and casts even better than the original Countdown options it replaces. 

Snowbee XS-Plus Buzzer 1 & Buzzer 2 Sink-Tips 


0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

Buzzer 1 

Buzzer 2 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 


FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 


XS-Plus Twin-Colour and Sub-Surface Fly Lines 

Model Description Colour Sink rate/Density Line range Price 

WFFTC XS-Plus Twin Colour Floating Ivory/Blue Floating/Floating WF #3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFHI XS-Plus ‘Hover’ Slow Intermediate Mustard/Ivory 1-1.5 ips/Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFBT1 XS-Plus Buzzer 1 Olive/Ivory 4ft tip 1.75 ips/Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

WFBT2 XS-Plus Buzzer 2 Light Blue/Ivory 10ft tip 1.7 ips/Floating WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £64.99 S3611 

28 



XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Fly Lines 

Our unique, super-fine profile range of lines defy logic... how can 

ONE line weight work on a range of rod weights? Believe us, when 

we say they do! Try them, for the best ‘thistledown’ presentation 

you will ever have experienced! 

Understanding just how it works is another story, because when it states #2-5wt there really is only 

one single line that can and does function amazingly on all weight rods, whether they be a #2, #3, 

#4 or #5wt! 'How?' is the question everybody asks. Well it comes down to simple physics, as the 

new and refined components of this line combine to give the thinnest, most supple, weight forward 

profile possible, that correspondingly weighs very little and delivers incredible stealth and accuracy 

at the same time. The ultra-thin diameter, roughly half that of a conventional fly line, creates minimal 

drag when casting. That means the line speed can be maintained throughout the casting action 

and delivers the fly or flies precisely where required, with the minimum effort possible. 

As its drag coefficient is so low, even in a strong cross-wind this line will cut through it 

to deliver the fly exactly where intended. 

The amazing ‘Thistledown’ was primarily designed for the river and light fishing on small 

stillwaters but is now a regular companion on almost any application where an angler enjoys 

finesse, stealth and accuracy. Thistledown is two-tone in colour, Shamrock Olive head with a 

Buckskin running line and 90ft in total length. The short 34.5ft head has a long, compound 

front taper and slender running line behind for effortless casting and extended presentation, 

to attain whatever range is necessary. The ultra-thin profile, combined 

with the super-smooth Nano coating helps maintain line speed and if 

used for nymphing, also provides extreme sensitivity. Both ends are 

pre-looped, with micro welded loops (left), to maintain the line’s 

outstanding performance, so it is ready to go, straight from the box. 

WFTD XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Fly Line Floating 

Two lines: Both Olive /Buckskin #2-5wt and #5–7wt 

The original Thistledown fly line, first introduced in 2015 in the #2-5 weight. 

Utterly unique and still one of our fastest selling lines, as more and more anglers 

come to appreciate the advantages of using a Thistledown line, which soon 

resulted in the development of the stunningly successful #5-7wt option. 

Technology has also moved on, with the introduction of an even finer braided 

core allowing us to apply a thicker coating, whilst still maintaining the same 

overall diameter, providing an even higher floating line than the original models. 

Snowbee XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Fly Line 

12ft 6in compound front taper, 18ft belly, 4ft rear taper, 55ft 6in running line. 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH - 90ft /30yds /27.4m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Brook Fly Line Floating 

One line: Olive /Buckskin #1-4wt 

Following the phenomenal success of the original Thistledown line and then 

the #5-7 model, we were frequently asked for a lighter weight model, for 

small rivers and brooks. Our #1-4 model, has a shorter, lighter profile than 

its big brothers, providing superb, delicate presentation, with the lightest of 

rods from a #1 to a #4 wt. 

Snowbee XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Brook Fly Line 

9ft 6in compound front taper, 14ft 6in belly, 3ft 6in rear taper, 47ft 6in running line. 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH - 90ft /25yds /22.9m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 90 

12ft 6in 

COMPOUND 

FRONT TAPER 

18ft BELLY 

REAR 

TAPER 

4ft 

RUNNING LINE 55ft 6in 

9ft 6in 14ft 6in BELLY 

COMPOUND 

FRONT TAPER 

REAR 

TAPER 

3ft 6in 

RUNNING LINE 62ft 6in 

“I first used a Snowbee XS line many years 

ago on the river Teign. It was like nothing 

I had used before, soft, supple, totally 

memory free and effortless to cast the fly 

wherever I needed it. I then discovered there 

was a whole range of nearly 50 XS lines of 

similar superb quality. Suddenly my whole 

fly fishing experience became transformed... 

now today that technology has moved on 

yet again. The new Thistledown and its 

derivatives are quite extraordinary, marking the introduction of a whole 

new era in Snowbee fly line technology and performance.” 

Simon Kidd, Snowbee Sales & Marketing Manager & fly fishing international 

XS-Plus Thistledown 2 Fly Lines 

Model Description Density Colour Range Price 

WF2/5TD XS-Plus Thistledown² Floating Olive/Buckskin WF #2/5 £64.99 S3611 

WF5/7TD XS-Plus Thistledown² Floating Olive/Buckskin WF #5/7 £64.99 S3611 

WF1/4TD XS-Plus Thistledown² Brook Line Floating Olive/Buckskin WF #1/4 £64.99 S3611 

Awards season 2017-18 


29


Salmon and Sea-Trout Fly lines 

A small, concise range of salmon and sea-trout lines, 

designed for the traditional and progressive angler alike. 

XS-Plus Short Spey Lines 

Our Short Spey line profiles have been designed to meet the demands of the modern 

salmon and sea-trout angler, fishing with a long or short double handed rod and for use 

in highly restricted areas, where the creation of a larger Spey loop is near impossible. 

By combining the best of the ‘Scandinavian underhand’ style of casting and ‘shooting 

head’ line technology, these lines have a perfectly smooth transition 

to the integral shooting head running line. 

SSF XS-Plus Short Spey Fly Lines with 

Continuous Running Line (Floating) 

Light Blue/Dark Blue 24g #7/8, 36g #8/9, 40g #9/10 and 44g #10/11 - 44ft head 

The short head of these lines loads the rod really quickly for delivery at any range, saves 

time and shoots like a dream but with the same powerful turnover of a traditional Spey 

line. The fast front taper is especially suited to fishing with the Snowbee Poly-Coated 

Leaders, together providing the perfect presentation for whatever fly may be selected 

and at whatever depth may be required to seek ‘resting’ or ‘running’ fish. 

XS-Plus Short Spey – Floating 

SHOOTING HEAD PROFILE (with a continuous rear taper - running line & backing) 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 100 110 120ft 

TSF XS-Plus Traditional Spey Lines (Floating) 

Ivory/Peach 36g #8/9, 40g #9/10 and 44g #10/11 - 62ft head 

On large open rivers there is normally plenty of room for Spey casting 

and the 62ft head of this line has proved the perfect length for the 

traditional Spey cast, whether casting your way down 

a tree-lined or steep sided river or open fields. 

Using a line with too short or too long a head 

and finding the optimum rod load point 

can be crucial so the colour change helps 

provide the perfect cast every time. Perfectly 

balanced for Spey casting in just about any 

river environment and the line of choice on 

longer, traditional Spey casting rods. 

SF XS-Plus Prestige Switch Fly Line (Floating) 

Ivory/ Hi-Viz Orange – 350gr #6/7, 400gr #7/8 and 450gr #8/9 

These modern day Switch lines are a little like a ‘compressed’ Spey line, with a short, 

heavy head (from 28-30ft) in a ‘Skagit’ style shooting head profile. Perfect for use 

when salmon fishing with lighter and shorter rods of today. The difference being the 

bulk of the profile is at the back of the head, providing power to create tight D-loops 

and compressing weight into the head, where 

it’s needed for truly effortless distance with 

controlled, accurate presentation. The short, 

steep rear taper then graduates smoothly 

into the fine diameter continuous running 

line to provide maximum shootability with 

no join. Switch lines are also ideally fished 

with a short Snowbee Poly-Coated Leader. 

HEAD LENGTH 44ft /13.5m 

RUNNING LINE & BACKING 

76ft / 23.4m 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH with BACKING 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

Snowbee Traditional Spey Line LINE LENGTH - 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

HEAD LENGTH 62ft /19m 

RUNNING LINE 

58ft /17.8m 

Snowbee ‘Switch’ Fly Line – Floating 

SHOOTING HEAD PROFILE WITH A CONTINUOUS RUNNING LINE 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120ft 

HEAD LENGTH 

29ft /8.8m to 31ft /9.5m 

RUNNING LINE 

89ft /27.4m to 94ft /28.9m 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH: 120ft / 40yds / 36.9m 

RLS Shooting Head Running Line 

To match any Shooting Heads, we have a slim and slick 1mm diameter, floating running line, in Hi-viz yellow of 

40yds in length. This can be trimmed at reel end to fit any reel capacity and has a large pre-welded loop the other 

end, to allow the reel to be passed through, for quick and easy change of heads as and whenever necessary. 

XS-Plus Salmon and Sea Trout Fly Lines 

Model Description Colour Wt. Range/AFTM Guide Price 

SSF Short Spey Floating Light Blue / Dark Blue 24g #7/8, 36g #8/9, 40g #9/10, 44g #10/11 £69.99 S3889 

TSF Traditional Spey Floating Ivory / Peach 36g #8/9, 40g #9/10, 44g #10/11 £69.99 S3889 

SF350 Switch Floating Ivory Hi-Viz Orange 350 grains #6/7 £69.99 S3889 



RLS Running Line Floating Hi-Viz Yellow £34.99 S1944 

Fish the depths by 

teaming up the floating 

Salmon or Switch lines 

with one of our 5ft or 

10ft Poly Coated Salmon 

Leaders available in five 

densities from Floating 

through to Super Fast- 

Sink. See p93 for details. 

30 



XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater Fly Lines 

In the past, manufacturers have relied upon a stiff, 

monofilament core to prevent their saltwater fly lines 

going limp and sticky in tropical conditions. By careful 

manipulation of our ‘Nano Technology’ coating material 

however, we have now developed a harder coating for 

these particular lines, which means they still possess all 

the Nano-Tec benefits but are also able to withstand the 

rigours of the saltwater environment, especially in the 

searing heat of the tropics and on the deck of a skiff, 

awaiting the perfect cast. These properties allow these 

lines to be equally at home, targeting bass and pollack in 

our temperate waters. 

TSWP-F XS Plus Tropics Saltwater ‘Presentation' Floating 

A 120ft floating line with a 41ft head and extended tapers front and back, designed to aid quick and accurate 

casting when targeting moving fish, with minimal delay and in whatever wind conditions may prevail. The front 

taper helps secure a good turnover across a wide range of flies, each with varying weight and sizes necessary for 

the species being pursued. This line is therefore ideal when ‘sight fishing’ for bonefish, permit or jacks etc. where 

a smooth and quiet ‘lay-down’ of the fly is so often required. The colour change at the back of the head indicates 

the precise, optimum shoot point, which together with the fine running line, makes distance casting effortless 

when targeting fish at range. 

Snowbee XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater 'Presentation' Line 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH - 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 

FRONT 

TAPER 

7ft 

BELLY 25ft 

REAR 

TAPER 

10ft 


TSWDC-FS XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater 'Depth-Charge' (5-6 ips) 

When you need to get down deep and fast with either short or long casts, our Tropics ‘Depth-Charge’ delivers on 

all counts. The short, shooting head profile and fine running line, will punch through a stiff wind effortlessly, whilst 

the 5-6 ips fast-sink head will get your fly down fast, to the ‘strike zone’. The colour change at the back of the head, 

notifies the precise 'shoot point' making distance casting effortless and the 90ft of running line is easily drawn 

through the rings, extending the cast to a long range 120ft with minimum effort and 

needing only the short 30ft head out of the tip ring to be able to do so! 

Snowbee XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater 'Depth-Charge' Fast-Sink Line (5-6ips) 

TOTAL LINE LENGTH - 120ft / 40yds / 36.6m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 

BELLY 18ft 

FRONT 

TAPER 5ft 

REAR 

TAPER 7ft 


XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater Bonefish Line 

The noble Bonefish, has to be the No.1 target species for the serious 

distant water fly fisherman. Notoriously 'spooky' in gin-clear waters, good, 

accurate, delicate presentation is essential to lure this wily predator into 

what is often a ‘smash take’ followed by the infamous screaming run that 

tests your line, reel and rod to the limit! This is where our well-proven XS 

profile comes into play, providing the perfect line profile to deliver what’s 

required. Our new Bonefish line is made with a Sand Cream head to blend 

in with its surroundings and a sky blue running line, to give the angler a 

good sense of where the fish is heading. 

New for 


Snowbee Tropics Saltwater Bonefish Line – Floating 


0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 

BELLY 23ft 

FRONT 

TAPER 8.5ft 

REAR 

TAPER 11ft 


XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater Fly Lines 

Model Description Colour Sink rate Wt range Price 

TSWP-F XS Plus Tropics Saltwater ‘Presentation’ Light Blue/Aqua Floating WF #7, 8, 9, 10 £69.99 S3889 

TSWDC-FS XS-Plus Tropics Saltwater ‘Depth-Charge’ Graphite/Aqua 5-6ips WF #7, 8, 9, 10 £69.99 S3889 

TSWB-F XS Plus Tropics Saltwater Bonefish NEW Sand Cream/Sky Blue Floating WF #7, 8 £69.99 S3889 


31


Snowbee XS Fly Lines 

Designed by us over 30 years ago and still reputedly 

the best traditional fly line on the market today. 

The secret behind the legendary performance of the Snowbee XS Fly Lines has been the unique 

coating formula and profile, in conjunction with the classic low-stretch core, producing the most 

supple and memory free performance the line is renowned for. Many have tried and failed to 

replicate this formula, but there is still only one ‘original’ Snowbee XS fly line. 

Over the years there have been minor changes in production and our Nano-Technology is a winning 

formula across the range with its unmistakeable profile and suppleness. In using this new technology, we 

have refined the original formula and manufacturing techniques to enhance the already superb, supple, 

memory-free performance so loved by fly fishers worldwide. For many years the Snowbee XS Ivory 

Floating has been our top selling line, and reputation has it as still the best-selling floating line in the UK. 

If you don’t already know why… just try one and you will soon find out! 

WFF XS and WFHV XS Floating 

WFF Ivory – WF3-WF8 / WFHV Hi-Viz Orange – WF5-WF8 

The long-time flagship fly line in the Snowbee range, the original ‘Prestige’! Without doubt one 

of the best floating fly lines available today. The unique combination of ultra-low friction coating, 

superbly balanced profile and outstanding shootability makes this fly line the line of choice to 

enhance the performance of the world’s best fly rods. Available in original Ivory or Hi-Viz Orange. 

Snowbee XS Floating 


WFF XS Floating Ivory and WFHV Hi-Viz Orange 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100ft 

DTF XS Double Taper Floating 

Ivory DT3-DT8 

Incorporating all the superb properties of the original Snowbee 

XS Weight Forward Floating line, but in a double taper profile. 

One for the traditional angler where gentle taper and fly 

presentation is still everything and great for delicate spider and 

dry fly fishing in particular. 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 


Snowbee XS - Double Taper Floating 

DOUBLE TAPER PROFILE - LINE LENGTH 90ft / 30yds / 27.4m 

DTF XS Double Taper Floating 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100ft 

FRONT 

TAPER 

13ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

13ft 

Making a comeback for 2023, 

due to popular demand, 

particularly from International 

Competition Fly fishers 

worldwide! 

DPF XS Delicate Presentation Floating WF0-WF5 

As the name suggests, this line was originally designed for ‘Thistle Down’ presentation of both dry flies 

and small nymphs, particularly to ‘spooky’ fish, on rivers and small still waters. The Continuous Rear Taper 

(CRT) profile has surprised many, as the unique design roll-casts effortlessly, while the extended front 

taper provides the ultimate delicate presentation. 

Snowbee XS - Delicate Presentation - Floating WF0-WF5 

WEIGHT FORWARD / CRT PROFILE - LINE LENGTH 75ft / 25yds / 22.9m 

0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 

New for 


FRONT TAPER 16ft 


REAR TAPER 43ft 

DPF XS Delicate 

Presentation Floating 

XS Fly Lines – Ivory Floating, Hi-Viz and Double Taper & Delicate Presentation 

Model Description Density Colour Range Price 

WFF XS Floating Floating Ivory WF #3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 £54.99 S3055 

WFHV XS Hi-Viz Floating Floating Hi-Viz Orange WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £54.99 S3055 

DTF XS Double Taper Floating Ivory DT #3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 £54.99 S3055 

DPF XS Delicate Presentation NEW Floating Pale Olive WF #0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 £54.99 S3055 

32 



XS Sub-Surface Fly Lines 

Exactly the same design and profile as the 90ft XS floating lines these both cast 

superbly, with each performing according to their density make up. 

Great for moderate distances with every cast on any matching weight of fly rod and 

built to the same exacting standards as all the ‘XS’ Nano fly lines BUT providing a 

cost saving as only in single colour and of standard 90ft format. 

WFI XS Intermediate (Sink rate 2.5ips) Aqua – WF5-WF8 

Combining the original Kelly Blue and Clear Intermediate into one fly line has produced a fly 

line of effortless, slick casting ability, being exactly the same as the traditional XS floating in profile. 

Distance and presentation are therefore guaranteed, at a sink rate ideal to reliably search the water from 

the surface down, especially with lures, damsels and other mobile patterns. A hugely versatile line, great 

for loch style fishing from the boat or accurately exploring all holding spots from the bank, without the 

need for a massive clear back-cast when space is tight. Great in the wind too in a neutral Aqua shade, to 

hunt beneath the surface and find fish cruising or holding lower down but not necessarily on the bottom. 

Snowbee XS Intermediate 


0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

WFI XS Intermediate 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 


WFFS XS Fast Sink (Sink Rate 5ips) Charcoal WF5-WF8 

The very slim, hardly discernible weight forward profile of this uniform fast sinking line, enables excellent 

distance to be achieved easily when needing to get range and depth to present flies in the target zone. Low 

stretch core also enables excellent sensitivity but does not exhibit the issue of other fast sinking lines that can 

be non-stretch and have a tendency to ‘bounce’ fish off especially when fishing barbless. The slick, Nano- 

Tec coating is deceptively smooth and provides a great line for ‘fishing the hang’ or boobies, effortlessly 

controlled close along the bottom, or achieving quick depth in a big blow without a long and difficult cast! 

Snowbee XS Fast Sink 


0ft 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 

FRONT 

TAPER 

8.5ft 


REAR 

TAPER 

11ft 


WFFS XS Fast-Sink 

XS Fly Lines – Intermediate and Fast Sink 

Model Description Density Colour Line range Price 

WFI XS Intermediate 2.5 ips Aqua WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £54.99 S3055 

WFFS XS Fast Sink 5 ips Charcoal WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £54.99 S3055 


33


Classic Fly Lines and Classic Kits 

For many years Snowbee has produced some of the best quality fly lines on the world market. 

Our range includes a small, economy priced range of Classic lines, aimed at the budget conscious 

angler, or beginners to the sport. 

The Snowbee Classic fly lines have a great profile and construction from a company with the greatest pedigree in fly line production. Most have a slightly 

shorter head and steeper tapers than the traditional weight forward XS fly lines, designed to assist the newcomer with essential timing and turnover. 

Easy to cast, these lines offer good, reliable performance and make an exceptional entry level, or Combi Outfit Line. 

Classic Trout All WF profile: available in 30 yard (90ft) trout line options: 

WFCF FLOATING - pale yellow (WF4 - WF8) 

WFCI INTERMEDIATE - (1.75-2.25 ips) - mid-blue (WF5 - WF8) 

WFCFS FAST-SINK - dark green/grey (WF5 - WF8) in the same popular weight forward tapers as the 

other two, these lines are a joy to cast and get down to the fish fast with a sink rate of 4-4.5 ips. 

Snowbee Classic Fly Lines 

Model Description Colour Density Line weights Price 

WFCF Classic – Floating Pale Yellow Floating WF #4, 5, 6, 7, 8 £29.99 S1666 

WFCI Classic – Intermediate Mid Blue 1.75 - 2.25 ips WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £29.99 S1666 

WFCFS Classic – Fast-Sink Dark Green 4 - 4.5 ips WF #5, 6, 7, 8 £29.99 S1666 

CSWF Classic Switch – Floating Ivory Floating 350 & 400 grain £39.99 S2222 

Classic 2 Fly Reel/Spool / Fly Line Combi Kits 

Classic 2 Fly Reel/Spool/Fly Line Combi Kits 

Our popular new starter kit teams up one of our new Classic 2 Fly Reel/ 

Spool Kits from p24, with each of the three Classic fly lines in floating, 

intermediate and fast-sink densities. Covering the full range of options, 

whatever the weather, or whatever depth the fish are, from bank or boat 

there’s a line to reach 

them. And best of all, 

when you purchase the 

complete kit, starting 

at under £140, there 

is a saving of 20% on 

the full RRP of the reel 

and lines separately. 

Model Description Line weights Price Save 20% 

10561-KIT+3 Classic 2 Fly Reel Kit #5/6 – Fly Reel + 2 spare 

spools + Classic Floating, Int & F-Sink Fly Lines WF#5 or WF#6 £174.96 £139.97 S7776 

10562-KIT+3 Classic 2 Fly Reel Kit #7/8 – Fly Reel + 2 spare 

spools + Classic Floating, Int & F-Sink Fly Lines WF#7 or WF#8 £184.96 £147.97 S8220 

CSWF Classic Switch Fly Lines 

Ivory 350 grain #7 & 400 grain #8 

For the budget conscious angler, at last by popular 

demand a Classic Switch line in exactly the same 

profile as the popular XS-Plus Prestige Switch, but 

in a 105ft/35yd overall length, single Ivory colour 

and just two line weight options. This new line will 

manage and turnover small or larger flies and is 

ideal on small to medium sized rivers. Add one 

of our 5ft Poly-Coated leaders (p93), in a range of 

densities for the perfect presentation, whatever the 

water level. 

Model Description 

SLSK Line Slick 

A silicone-based fly line lubricant 

which reduces friction and 

resistance through the rings, 

allowing faster line speed at all 

times. Helps protect fly lines from 

damage and harmful effects of 

chemicals. For 

floating lines only. 

SFLD Fly Line 

Degreaser 

Based on an industrial product 

used to remove greasy film 

on sheet metal. It removes all 

traces of silicone or grease, 

allowing the fly line to cut 

quickly through surface film. 

For sub-surface lines only. 

Fly Line Cleaning Treatments 

Price 

SLSK Line Slick £4.99 S277 

SFLD Fly Line Degreaser £4.99 S277 

34 



Saltwater Fly Fishing Accessories 

Folds flat 

against your 

body when 

not in use. 

19382 Line Tray 

The best line tray design on the 

market. Mesh base with fold down base 

board, holds the tray open, prevents water 

filling the tray from below and tangling 

the line when deep wading or saltwater 

flyfishing. Velcro pocket inside. 

19443 /4 Saltwater Fly Wallets 

Our Fly Wallets offer the serious saltwater fly fisherman huge storage 

capacity for large saltwater flies. Each wallet holds 12 self-seal bags, 

each capable of holding 10-20 large saltwater flies. That’s over 200 

flies, enough for an entire trip, in just one wallet! Imagine how many 

conventional fly boxes you would need for that! These sets of bags 

are removable, so you can keep spare sets, pre-filled with flies for 

different species. On the front of the wallets is a mesh pocket for 

tools, leaders etc. There is a belt loop to 

carry on the waist, or a clip to attach 

to any convenient D-ring. 

Perfect for fly-tying 

materials too. 

19385 Stripping Basket 

Line Spikes 

An optional extra for our Stripping Basket 

is this set of 10 plastic spikes, which fit into 

the top of the turrets. Not only do they 

stop water slopping up the turrets and 

filling the basket, but their soft, flexible 

construction helps tame fly line coils when 

shooting and reduces tangles. These will fit all 

brands of Stripping Basket of this same design. 

19381 Stripping 

Basket 

A hard plastic Stripping 

Basket so popular with 

saltwater and reservoir 

anglers. Lightweight, 

with adjustable waist belt 

and neck support strap. 

Tapered line control turrets 

in the base, to prevent fly 

lines tangling. 

19449 Rig / Trace Wallet 

As you’d expect from Snowbee, our rig/trace wallet is a bit different! 

Twelve heavy duty, clear trace pouches in two sets of six, held in place 

with a neat Velcro spine. Easily removable and extra sets can be added 

or removed, so you can keep different rigs in each set and only take 

what you need. Size: 10” x 7” Colour: Royal Blue / Black 

19443 Saltwater Fly 

Wallet – Large 

19444 Saltwater 

Fly Wallet – Small 

13240 Sun Gloves with Stripping Fingers 

Extreme sun protection, reinforced palm and extended stripping 

fingers. High density microfibre and Lycra back provides 50+ UPF. 

Synthetic suede leather palm has double reinforcing patches. 

Sizes: S/M and L/XL 

Colour: Stone/Grey 

Sold in pairs 

Model Description Size Price 

19382 Line Tray £32.99 S1833 

19444 Saltwater Fly Wallet – Small 8” x 5” x 2” £19.99 S1111 

19443 Saltwater Fly Wallet – Large 9½”x 6” x 2” £21.99 S1222 

19444-B Set of 6 insert bags – Small £4.99 S277 

19443-B Set of 6 insert bags – Large £5.99 S333 

13240 Sun Gloves with Stripping Fingers S/M, L/XL £23.99 S1333 

19381 Stripping Basket £64.99 S3611 

19385 Plastic Spikes for Stripping Basket – Set of 10 £4.99 S277 

19449 Rig / Trace Wallet £15.99 S888 


35


Snowbee Waders – it’s all about reliability 

Back in 1984, Snowbee introduced the very first 

lightweight PVC/Nylon waders to the UK market, 

and what a revelation that proved to be. 

Until Snowbee’s intervention we had all been ‘clumping’ around in heavy 

rubber waders. Remember how they had the habit of cracking and perishing, 

causing leaks after one season? But the new lightweight Snowbee waders 

changed all that, and we advertised them with the slogan ‘No more second 

season leaks’. We have been setting the standard in wader design and 

innovation ever since. As the pioneers of modern day wading comfort, after 

36 years, we still remain number one in wader design and technology. It’s 

something we are justly proud of, and the development continues to this day. 

Breathable comfort and ultimate reliability 

At the end of the day, all any angler wants out of a pair of waders is to 

be comfortable and more importantly remain dry! How hard can that 

be? Well actually, very hard. Which is why, over the years, every brand 

of breathable wader has had its problems, due to the technological 

challenges of making a wader thin enough to be breathable yet hardy 

enough to withstand the most common cause of leaks – fine thorn and 

gorse punctures. These two opposites have challenged wader designers 

since the early days of breathables over 20 years ago. 

In 2018 we finally solved this dilemma, with the introduction of our 

Prestige STX range. This range used a performance material, 

retaining our famous Soft-Touch (ST) outer finish, but on a totally new 

groundbreaking fabric. And it didn’t stop there. We looked at the main 

causes of wader leaks – over stressed seams and puncture damage, and 

we solved both. By improving both the cut and size range available, 

we now have a wader to fit just about every size and shape and which 

provides wading comfort without stressing the seams. 

See opposite for details. 

To solve the problems of puncture damage we reinforced both the fronts 

of the legs and the rear seat area with a second layer of breathable 

fabric, providing a class-leading six layers in the most vulnerable areas, 

where you need it most. 

And the proof we succeeded? After five season's sales the Prestige STX 

proved to be our most reliable breathable wader ever! 

Total warmth, coupled with total reliability 

As the first company to introduce sub £100 neoprene waders to the UK 

market, over 20 years ago, we have learned a thing or two about their 

design in that time. While other brands sacrificed material and build 

quality in chasing down the price, Snowbee took another route. Working 

with one of the top neoprene wader factories in Asia and using only 

quality materials, we developed a range of top quality neoprene 

waders at a realistic price. Not as cheap as some, but while those 

brands suffered with notorious unreliability, our Classic Neoprenes 

have proved, over the past five years, to not only be the most reliable 

11192 Prestige STX 

Stockingfoot Waders 

11290 210D 

Wadermaster Waders 

neoprene waders we have ever made, but our most reliable 

waders ever! Quite an achievement for a material which has quite 

a chequered history with some manufacturers, due to the use of 

inferior grades of ‘neoprene’. 

How to store your Snowbee waders 

All Snowbee waders are made from synthetic materials, 

which are not susceptible to cracking or perishing, like the 

old rubber waders were. The sun will degrade synthetic 

materials, so it is recommended that waders are stored 

out of direct sunlight. 

Creasing does not adversely affect the performance 

of waders, but does look unsightly, so the best way of 

avoiding this is to hang the waders upside-down in a 

Snowbee Wader Rack. After use in saltwater, or brackish 

water, the waders and felt soles should always be hosed 

down with fresh water. 

It is important to dry your waders thoroughly, inside as 

well as out. If not, mould can develop which can cause 

damage to the breathable membrane resulting eventually 

in a leak. 

For those who don’t want to breathe… 

Not every anglers needs, or wants, to pay the premium for 

breathable waders. For those who just want total reliability and 

rugged performance in the harshest conditions, our famous 

210D Nylon Wadermaster is a ‘go-anywhere’ wader which will 

find favour with anglers looking for strength, performance and 

long-life reliability. 

In addition, our Granite PVC models have again proved to be 

totally reliable, with near zero return rates in the four years since 

their launch. They really are superb value for money. 

Snowbee now has the widest choice of wader models, materials 

and sizes on the market. From basic PVC waders, through 

to tough Nylon waders; from basic, lightweight Ranger 

breathables, through to our class-leading Prestige STX models 

and great value Classic neoprenes, we can provide a wader of 

choice, design and style for every angler and every purpose. 

36 



Wader size is all-important 

Following these instructions should prolong the life of your waders and will 

explain why some anglers get years out of their waders and some get a lot less. 

Fitting waders 

Having manufactured every type of waders for nearly 

40 years, we have seen just about every fault, issue or 

problem there is to see. And you might be surprised to 

hear that in more cases than not, it is not the waders at 

fault, but often the wearer or the tackle shop salesman. 

Apart from the obvious puncture damage, the most common 

leakage points we see time and again for all waders are 

the ankle (where the boot or sock joins the upper material), 

at the knees, at the crotch, or the seams. Very often these 

problems are not due to manufacturing faults, but are more 

likely due to the wrong size of waders being chosen. 

Simple rules to ensure you get 

the correct size of waders 

l When trying on waders in a tackle shop, try to wear similar 

clothes to those you wear when fishing for a realistic fit. 

l Try the waders in a number of different positions, such as 

those you would realistically have to get into whilst fishing. 

l Kneel down in them as if unhooking a fish (3). Sit down in 

them, like you will in the hut or on the back of the car whilst 

pulling on your boots. Make sure you can get your foot up 

onto a chair (2), like stepping out of the river and onto the 

bank. Then finally kneel down on the floor, sit on your heels 

and lean your body forward, as this represents the ‘longest’ 

position your waders will ever be in. 

If doing any of these manoeuvres you feel the waders pull 

tight at the knees, thighs, or around your backside, then the 

waders do not fit you properly and you need a larger size. 

Any restrictions in movement put strain on the seams 

and the stitching in them. The weight of an adult sitting, 

or crouching down in waders that are too small, can put 

enormous strain on the seams, to the point of leakage. 

Microscopic pin-hole punctures can easily be caused by 

brushing against a gorse bush, or more commonly by 

standing on the wader fabric whilst getting changed. Try 

to avoid this by sitting sideways on your car seat or on the 

tail gate, to put waders on and off. Another frequent cause 

of damage to the ankle seam is through standing on one 

sock toe with the other foot, in order to pull the waders 

off (see right). Don’t do it! Always try to sit down and pull 

each sock off in turn, gripping the waders at the back of 

the ankle and pulling the sock off. If you do puncture your 

waders on barbed wire, gorse or with a fly, get it repaired 

quickly, as dampness inside can lead to mould, which can 

cause further damage to the breathable membrane 

making matters worse! 

Above: DO NOT pull your wader 

socks off by standing on one toe, 

with the other foot and pulling. 

This will over-stress the ankle seam 

and likely lead to the stitching 

tearing, resulting in a leak! 

Below: This is the CORRECT way 

to remove wader socks. Sit down, 

or lean against the car or a tree, 

grip the sock at the BACK of the 

ankle and pull each sock off in turn. 

1 1 

This photo shows a correctly sized pair 

of waders. There is room in the body 

and the legs are long enough, so they do not 

pull tight, when crouching, kneeling or sitting. 

2 

Put one foot up on a chair, to replicate 

the action of stepping up, onto the bank. 

You should be able to do this without any 

‘tight-spots’. If not – you need a bigger size. 

2 

Try kneeling, as if you were un-hooking 

3 3 

a fish. If the body or crotch seam feel 

‘tight’, you need a bigger body size. If the 

legs pull tight at the front or back of the 

ankle seam, you need a longer leg size. 

Sizes: We cover the widest size range on the 

market today, with boot sizes available from 

4 to 13, plus our popular ‘Fuller Body’ (FB) and 

NEW Extra Fuller Body (XFB) sizes and, in the new 

Prestige STX Breathables, Short, Long and King 

fitting options. 


37


Prestige STX Breathable Waders 

The award-winning Prestige STX range were completely redesigned 

in 2018. They now incorporate all the best design features of the ST, 

but with many design improvements. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Prestige STX 

Wading Outfits 

Buy any pair of Prestige STX 

Stockingfoot Waders and get 

any wading boots ½ price! 

See p46-47. (UK only) 

Following the redesign of the top-selling Prestige range, Snowbee 

remained in their rightful position… as No.1 in waders! The Prestige 

STX Breathable range competes with very best on the market, irrespective of price. 

Material: We have retained our popular Soft-Touch (ST) material so liked by anglers. What sets this apart 

from other breathable wader materials is the outer layer, which has a 'peach-skin' finish. Not only does 

this look and feel superb, but the finish makes it totally flexible, rustle-free and silent. 

We have incorporated this into a new, unique 3-layer material, which takes breathable wader 

technology onto a completely new level. This top quality breathable material is a blend of 24% nylon, 

59% polyester and 17% polyurethane to provide strength and durability. The outer material has a DWR 

(Durable Water Repellent) treatment, rated at L10/80 – meaning it retains 80% of its DWR performance, 

even after washing 10 times! The inner laminate utilises our highly reliable Vapour-Tec® breathable 

membrane, for superior performance, providing a breathability of 4,000g/m 2 /24hrs and a hydrostatic 

water pressure resistance (waterproofness) of 15,000mm. 

Design: The STX range utilises our well proven cutting style and extensive trials of the prototype 

waders have shown these to be the best fitting, most comfortable waders we have ever made. We have 

combined all our previous ‘Standard’, ‘FB’ and ‘Short’ size fittings into just one size chart for convenience. 

Chest and handwarmer pockets 

Wading belt and seat pad 

Over the years, we have learnt that the majority of breathable wader leaks are caused by puncture 

damage. Needle sharp gorse or thorns can cause pin-pricks in breathable material, invisible to the 

naked eye, but so frustrating when you enter the water. To help avoid this, our current models feature 

a second layer of material where you need it most – down the front of the legs, from above the knee to 

the sock or boot join and on the seat of the waders. This additional layer takes the overall thickness up 

to a class-leading 6-layers, but by utilising two separate layers, they still retain their high breathability – 

unlike 5-layer materials which have very limited breathability. 

The twin front pockets are fitted with top quality, waterproof YKK pocket zips, to provide fly box, 

leader or accessory pockets, as waterproof as it’s possible to get. Behind these are generously-sized 

hand-warmer pockets for those cold spring and autumn days. 

11192 Prestige STX Stockingfoot Waders 

Our Stockingfoot model features 4mm, 3-panel neoprene 

socks using our new cutting design, making them the best 

fitting, most comfortable we have ever worn. In addition to the 

high-density sole panel, which prevents heel compression 

leaks, this cutting-style tapers the ankles, to remove excess 

material, which can otherwise crease up inside your 

wading boots. The 3-panel design ensures all the seams 

run around and not under your foot, for a more moulded 

fit and added comfort. The integral gravel guards have 

front lacing hooks and rubberised elastication around 

the bottom, to prevent them riding up when walking. 

This model offers the very best value for money of any 

breathable wader on the market. 

Size: XS, S, M, MS, ML, MK, L, LS, LL, LK, XL, XLS, XLK, XXL. 

Colour: Grey Olive 

11192 Prestige STX 


Available in a full range of sizes – Standard, Short (S), Long (L) or King (K), 

to offer a size to fit most anglers (see full size chart on page 107). 

38 



11194-09 Prestige STX Bootfoot Waders 

The same upper as our Stockingfoot model, but fitted with 

a heavy-duty, neoprene lined PVC boot, with a studded felt sole 

for total grip in all conditions, whether in the river or on the bank. 

11194 Studded Felt-soles 

Size: Available in Standard and King sizes: 6, 7, 8, 8K, 9, 9K, 10, 

10K, 11, 11K, 12, 12K, 13 (see full size chart on p107). 

Colour: Grey Olive 

11192-ZIP Prestige STX Zip-Front 


Later this year, we will see a further upgrade to the 

Prestige STX design, which will also include the 

addition of a Zip-Front model. You can’t appreciate the 

convenience of a 

Zip-front until you’ve 

tried it, making the 

necessary 'pit-stop' 

far easier! 

New for 

summer 


Prestige STX Breathable Waders 

Model Description Price 

11192 Prestige STX Stockingfoot Waders £299.99 S16667 

11192-ZIP Prestige STX Zip-Front Stockingfoot Waders NEW £399.99 S22223 

11194-09 Prestige STX Bootfoot Waders £339.99 S18889 

11194-09 

Prestige STX 

Bootfoot Waders 


39


Ranger 2 Breathable Waders 

Our Ranger 2 Breathable Waders were completely re-designed 

two years ago, but still offer superb performance, coupled with 

light weight and outstanding value for money! 

The new Ranger 2 Wader range uses a quality 70D x 500D Taslon nylon 

material, laminated to our reliable, high performance Vapour-Tec breathable 

membrane, with an inner Tricot laminated lining for additional strength. 

11171 Ranger 2 Breathable Stockingfoot Chest Waders 

The stockingfoot chest model features 4mm Neoprene socks and built-in 

gravel guards with lacing clips. The fully adjustable webbing braces feature 

a rear elasticated section for comfort when bending down, and the brace 

clips are reversed so you cannot get them crossed, plus they can be clipped 

together so the waders can be rolled down into a waist wader if required. 

Stockingfoot S, M, M-FB, M-XFB, L, L-FB, L-XFB, XL, XL-FB, XL-XFB, XXL 

Bootfoot 6 – 13 in standard sizes, plus 8FB –12FB. 

Colour Stone See full size chart on p107. 

Features 

l Nylon outer material with a DWR 

(Durable Water Repellent) coating 

l Vapour-Tec ® laminated breathable 

membrane l Hydrostatic Water 

Pressure resistance (W/P): 10,000mm 

H 2 

O l Breathability: Moisture Vapour 

Transfer (MVT): 4,000g/m 2 /24hrs l External 

front handwarmer pocket l Outer zipped chest 

pocket l Internal, waterproof flap pocket l Adjustable webbing 

braces, with quick release buckles l Elasticated chest draw cord, 

with toggle-lok adjusters l Adjustable webbing wading belt 

11171 Ranger 

Breathable 

Stockingfoot 

Chest Waders 

11182-01 Ranger 

Breathable 

Bootfoot 

Chest Waders 

11182-01 Ranger 2 Breathable Bootfoot 

Chest Waders 

The bootfoot model uses our well-proven, deep-tread PVC moulded 

boot, with a cleated sole and heel giving a sure-grip on grass, mud, 

gravel, sand or rocks, making them ideal for all styles of fishing. 

Ranger 2 Breathable Waders 


11171 Ranger Breathable Stockingfoot Chest Waders S, M, L, XL, XXL £229.99 S12778 

2 

11171FB Ranger Breathable Stockingfoot Chest Waders – FB M-FB, L-FB, XL-FB £239.99 S13333 

2 

11171XFB Ranger Breathable Stockingfoot Chest Waders – XFB M-XFB, L-XFB, XL-XFB £269.99 S15000 

2 

11182-01 Ranger Breathable Bootfoot Chest Waders 6 -13 £229.99 S12778 

2 

11182FB-01 Ranger Breathable Bootfoot Chest Waders – FB 8 -12 £239.99 S13333 

Deep cleated 

soles on the 

bootfoot model. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Ranger 

Wading Outfit 

Buy any pair of Ranger 

Stockingfoot Waders and get 

any wading boots ½ price! 

See p46-47. (UK only) 

40 



210D Nylon Wadermaster Waders 

Mention the name Snowbee and most people would associate it with QUALITY 

WADERS… and quite rightly so. Waders is where it all began. We were the first 

company to introduce lightweight PVC waders to the UK fly fishing market and since 

those early days almost 40 years ago, the range has steadily grown and improved. 

Two years ago we combined two of our best-ever wader models 

and materials. Our super heavy-duty Wadermaster model has 

been available in various forms for over 25 years, during which 

time, it has been the wader of choice for anyone wanting 

the ultimate ‘bullet-proof’ wader, including fish farmers, 

river-keepers, fire brigades, water authorities and the 

Environment Agency. So we re-introduced our popular 

210 Denier Nylon material – a top seller for over 15 years, 

but in the original Wadermaster design. 

They’re not breathable, but what they are is lightweight, 

incredibly tough, durable and hardwearing. They deflect thorns 

and gorse like no other material and if you want a pair of waders 

that is going to last… this is it. 

The 210D nylon material, which is light, flexible and super-tough, 

has a soft, laminated PVC lining, to ensure it remains 100% 

waterproof and provides all-day comfort. 

Fully adjustable elasticated braces, 

with quick release buckles 

3-in-1 front patch pocket on chest, 

with hand-warmer pocket behind. 

Adjustable, elasticated webbing waist 

belt with D-rings for accessories 

11290 210D Nylon Chest Waders 

‘American Style’ full cut, with seams up the outside of 

the legs and a single front-to-back crotch seam to avoid 

chaffing. 3-in-1 front patch pocket on chest, with handwarmer 

pocket behind, main zipped compartment, plus 

two mesh front pockets. Additional internal, zipped, 

waterproof pocket for mobile or car keys. Adjustable, 

elasticated braces, with quick release plastic buckles. 

Opposed buckles allow waders 

to be rolled down into a 

waist wader. Adjustable, 

elasticated webbing 

waist belt for comfort 

and safety, with two 

D-rings for accessories. 

Elasticated drawstring 

around chest for a 

snug fit. 

Reduced for 


Heavy duty, moulded 2-tone PVC 

boots, heat welded to the upper 

to ensure they remain watertight 

Deep cleated sole for extra grip 

Sizes: 4-13 in standard sizes and 8FB -12FB in FB sizes. 

Our FB (Fuller Body) sizes are approximately 15% larger than 

the standard sizes – see size chart on page 107. 

Colour: Khaki 

210D Nylon Wadermaster Waders 


11290-01 Chest - Cleated Sole 4 - 13 £119.99 S6666 

11290-01FB Chest - Cleated Sole 8 - 12 FB £129.99 S7222 

11291-01 Thigh - Cleated Sole 5 - 13 £79.99 S4444 

Reduced for 


11291 210D Nylon 

Thigh Waders 

11291 210D Nylon Thigh Waders 

Elasticated webbing belt straps with 

adjustable buckles for comfort. 


41


Classic Neoprene Waders 

After six years on the market, the quality Classic Neoprene 

Waders have proved to be our most reliable waders – ever! 

A quality wader aimed at anglers looking for performance, 

coupled with great value for money. 

Reduced for 


Manufactured from a quality 4mm, double lined SCR 

(Styrene Chloroprene Rubber) grade composite 

neoprene for flexibility and wearer comfort, these 

waders still offer Snowbee quality, but at down to 

earth prices. Since their introduction, the Classic 

Neoprene Waders have proved to be the most reliable 

neoprene waders we have ever made, with returns of 

less than 0.5%! 

All Bootfoot models feature a new, wide fitting PVC boot 

with full neoprene lining for additional warmth. The double 

layer, neoprene kneepads use a unique screen printed 

PU pattern, to offer additional protection from punctures 

when kneeling. 

Reduced for 


12302.01 4mm 

Classic Neoprene 

Thigh Waders 

Opposing clips on the braces allow the 

waders to be rolled-down to waist level and 

the braces clipped together to form a belt. 

12092.01 4mm Neoprene Chest 

Waders – Cleated Sole 

l High back style with integral neoprene brace straps, for 

additional warmth across the shoulders and top of back 

l Adjustable elasticated braces, with quick release clips 

l Reversed braces clips, so chest waders can be converted 

to a waist wader l Front pouch pocket l Double Neoprene 

knee pad, with screen-printed PU pattern for added wear 

and puncture resistance. 

Size: 6–13, FB: 8–12 

Colour: Light Olive 

Chest model converts 

to a Waist Wader with 

‘Roll-down’ facility. 


Waders Cleated Sole 

12092.01 4mm 

Neoprene Chest 

Waders – Cleated Sole 

12302.01 4mm Neoprene Thigh Waders 

The ideal wader for reservoir fishing or where extra warmth 

is required. The 4mm Neoprene provides total insulation 

when standing in cold water for long periods. Fitted with 

adjustable belt straps with quick release buckles. 

42 



High back style with integral neoprene 

brace straps for additional warmth 

across the shoulders and top of back. 

Reduced for 


Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Special offer! 

Buy any pair of Classic 

Neoprene Waders and get a 

FREE Wader Carry Bag 

worth £12.99! 

12092-NB 

Wader Carry Bag 

This tough polyester wader carry bag, has a full 

two-way zip around the top for easy access, a 

sturdy carry handle and a mesh panel right around 

the top, to help waders dry naturally. 

Screen printed double 

neoprene PU knee pads. 

12092.09 4mm Neoprene 

Chest Waders – Studded Felt-Sole 

All the features of the cleated sole model, but in a 

new full felt-sole fitted with sharp, hardened alloy 

studs, for the ultimate grip on slippery rocks. 


Waders Studded 

Felt Sole 

12092.09 4mm Neoprene Chest 

Waders – Studded Felt-Sole 

Classic Neoprene Waders 

12091 4mm Neoprene 

Stockingfoot 

Chest Waders 


12092.01 Cleated Sole Chest Waders 6 – 13 £154.99 S8611 

12092FB.01 Cleated Sole Chest Waders – FB 8 – 12 £164.99 S9166 

12092.09 Studded Felt-Sole Chest Waders 6 – 13 £174.99 S9722 

12092FB.09 Studded Felt-Sole Chest Waders – FB 8 – 12 £184.99 S10278 

12302.01 Cleated Sole Thigh Waders 6 – 13 £104.99 S5833 

12091 Stockingfoot Chest Waders S, M, L, XL, XXL £149.99 S8333 

12092-NB Wader Carry Bag 17” x 14”x 8” £12.99 S722 

12091 4mm Neoprene 

Stockingfoot Chest Waders 

A new Stockingfoot version of the chest model, 

but fitted with a 4mm, 3-panel neoprene 

sock and neoprene gravel 

guard. The ideal option for 

the angler looking for the 

flexibility of separate 

wading boots. 


43


Over the past four seasons, the Granite PVC waders have proved to be totally reliable, with near 

zero returns! An amazing feat, bearing in mind how many we sell of these quality waders! 

Manufactured from durable, hard-wearing, reinforced PVC laminate, which despite being as tough as it gets, is 

also extremely soft, light and flexible for added comfort. The outer PVC layer is laminated to a tough, woven 

nylon inner lining, making the material super-strong and almost rip-proof, whilst remaining light weight. 

Granite waders use a unique seam welding technology where seams are fused together 

with an integral tape, using a new Sonic Welding process. This leaves the finished 

seams immensely strong, and almost completely flush, avoiding seam-chafe. 

Above left: New elasticated braces with rear Duraflex buckle. 

Right: Elasticated waist belt and flat-profile sonic-weld seams. 

Reduced for 


Extra sizes 

The ever-popular Granite range includes a 

size 4 in both thigh and chest models for 

ladies and juniors, plus new Fuller Body (FB) 

sizes in the chest model, providing an 

additional 6-8” on the chest measurement 

for the larger frame. 

11073.01 Granite 

PVC Thigh Waders 

11072-01 PVC Chest Waders 

The crossed braces design features our new Snowbee logo 

elasticated material with a Duraflex rear buckle to hold the 

braces together and prevent them slipping off your shoulders. 

Also supplied is an elasticated waist belt, for added safety 

when deep wading. Both models are fitted with our heavyduty, 

PVC boots with a deep tread, cleated sole for a sure grip 

in most conditions. 

11073.01 PVC Thigh Waders 

Ideal for shallow wading, bank fishing with a ¾ length jacket, 

launching boats, or just cleaning out the garden pond. 

Size: 4-13 and 8FB-12FB in the Chest model 

Colour: Olive Green 

Reduced for 


11072-01 Granite 

PVC Chest Waders 

Granite PVC Waders 


11073-01 Granite PVC Thigh Waders 4-13 £54.99 S3055 

11072-01 Granite PVC Chest Waders 4-13 £74.99 S4166 

11072FB-01 Granite PVC Chest Waders - FB 8FB-12FB £84.99 S4722 

44 



Wading Equipment 

19440 Prestige Folding Wading Staff 

Our popular, lightweight aluminium wading staff was improved for 

2020. The slim profile tubular shaft offers reduced water resistance, 

whilst wading, but we have changed the colour to a matt green for 

this year, to avoid any 'flash' that might spook fish. The 4-section 

design locks firmly in place and tensions with a sliding collar, so 

the staff cannot collapse even if you catch the rubber cap between 

rocks. Remove the 'silent wading' rubber cap and you have a 

hardened steel tip for extra grip and it comes with an optional screw 

on ‘tip-cup’ to spread the load in soft sand, mud or snow. Ergonomic 

rubber handle grip, with adjustable wrist strap and detachable, 

elasticated lanyard. Packs down into a neat, neoprene belt pouch. 

Length folded 15”, length extended 55”. Weight: 340g/12oz 


Folding Wading Staff 

19098 Heavy-duty Wading Staff Zinger 

Our heavy-duty zinger has a strong retractor spring and can 

be used with large landing nets as well as wading staffs. An 

aluminium carabiner clip to attach to D-Rings, while the 70cm 

long, plastic-covered wire cord has a split-ring attachment, so 

a wading staff or landing net is always attached to you. 

13051 Neoprene Gravel Guard 

3mm double-lined Neoprene. Heavy-duty zip, plus 

Velcro flap fastening. Worn over the top of wading 

boots to prevent gravel and sand entering the boots. 

Size: One size fits all 

Colour: Mid Green 

19059 Tungsten Wader Studs 

Super-hard, screw-in Wader Studs, with a 4-point Tungsten 

Carbide tip for the ultimate grip on slippery rocks and 

pebbles. The grade 304 stainless steel screw has high 

corrosion resistance, while the Tungsten Carbide head 

is 30% harder than the highest grade of hardened steel. 

Easily screwed in to boots or waders, with the Stud Tool 

provided. Pack of 20. 

19060 Screw-In Wader Studs 

Super hard, zinc plated steel studs, give additional grip to 

felt or cleated sole waders. Our model has a deeper head 

for extra grip and longer wear-life. Easily screwed in with our 

optional Stud Socket or a Phillips screwdriver. Pack of 40. 

19060-S Wader Stud socket 

A simple socket for fitting our Wader Studs. 

19060 Screw-In 

Wader Studs 

19422 Telescopic 

Wading Staff with 

Depth Markers 

19388 Telescopic Wading Staff 

A tough, anodised 

aluminium wading 

staff. Telescopes 

down from 63” to 

34”. Twist and Lock 

mechanism locks 

at required length. 

Weighted foot with 

rubber grip. 

Weight: 

20oz. 

19422 Telescopic Wading 

Staff with Depth Markers 

An updated version of our original model, 

but marked with depth markers up to 140cm. 

Useful for when you need to know if the next 

step could be out of your depth. Also allows 

quick and easy measurement of catch & 

release salmon. 

19388 Telescopic 

Wading Staff 

19379 Lumbar 

Support Wading Belt 

Suffer from an aching back after a full day’s fishing? Our Lumbar 

Support Belt is the answer. The 2” wide webbing belt has a quick 

release plastic clip and buckles, allowing adjustment from 34” to 51”. 

The rear lumbar pad has 1” thick contoured neoprene inside a nylon 

cover, to provide pressure and support where it’s needed. 

SSC Snowbee Suncure Wader Repair 

A revolutionary material EXCLUSIVE to Snowbee that transforms 

wader repair! A flexible, clear repair material cured by UV light. 

Suncure is totally cured in 15 seconds (in high UV conditions) to five 

minutes (in low UV conditions). With Snowbee Suncure a lost day’s 

fishing due to damaged or leaking waders is a thing of the past! 


19440 Prestige Folding Wading Staff £69.99 S3889 

19098 Heavy-duty Wading Staff Zinger £18.99 S1055 

13051 Neoprene Gravel Guard £27.99 S1555 

19388 Telescopic Wading Staff £35.99 S1999 

19422 Telescopic Wading Staff with Depth Markers £44.99 S2499 

19059 Tungsten Carbide Screw-in Wader Studs £27.99 S1555 

19060 Screw-In Wader Studs £7.99 S444 

19060-S Wader Stud Socket £2.99 S166 

19379 Lumbar Support Wading Belt £24.99 S1388 

SSC Snowbee Suncure Wader Repair £10.99 S611 


45


Stream-Trek Wading Boots 

New for 


13080 Stream-Trek Wading Boots 

Our range features everything the serious angler would hope to find in a top-quality 

wading boot. The rugged construction combines a 1200D nylon material with a PU 

synthetic nubuck to provide maximum support and protection. The reinforced rush 

rubber toe cap and heel provide additional support, and helps protect the uppers to 

avoid chafe on rocks. Strong, metal lacing eyes throughout, with quick-lace hook eyes 

at the top, for faster lacing. 

Available in two sole options: Our popular XS-tra Grip Rubber sole with new, grade 304 

stainless steel screw-in studs, or our all-new Studded Felt-Sole. This new sole has an 

integrated felt-sole and heel with the same stainless steel screw-in studs. Both soles now 

having removable studs, means fishermen likely to be fishing from boats during the day, can 

remove the studs, with the handy stud socket provided, to avoid damaging the boat. 

13080-04 Stream-Trek 

Wading Boots 

Screw-in Wader Studs can be replaced 

easily when worn down. See page 45. 

XS-tra Grip Rubber Sole Mk.2 

This innovative sole features a deep tread pattern, 

moulded in a high-grip rubber compound. The sole pattern 

incorporates circular turrets to take screw-in studs. These 

give the studs extra support and allow studs to be replaced 

easily when worn down. 

Sizes: 7-13 Colour: 2-Tone Sage 

XS-tra Grip weight: 1520g/53oz per pair 

Studded Felt weight: 1300g/46oz per pair 

Wading boot sizes: When wearing with Stockingfoot waders 

fitted with a Neoprene sock, always order a wading boot size at 

least one and a half sizes up on normal shoe size. 

19047 Wading Boot Felt-Sole Kit 

Specifically designed for replacing 

felt-soles on waders or wading boots. 

The one-piece feltsole is oversized 

to fit any boot up to size 14. 

Simply cut down to fit smaller 

sizes. includes adhesive, 

replacement felt-soles and 

full instructions. 

One size fits all. 

13080-07 Stream-Trek 

Wading Boots 

Stream-Trek Wading Boots 


13080-04 XS-tra Grip Rubber Sole with Studs NEW 7–13 £179.99 S10000 

13080-07 Studded Felt Sole NEW 7–13 £179.99 S10000 

19047 Wading Boot Felt-Sole Kit £49.99 S2777 

13076-L Boot Laces (68”) Black/Grey £4.49 S249 

13078-L Boot Laces (68”) 2-Tone Tan £4.49 S249 

13076-L Boot Laces 

Tough replacement laces for our 

wading boots and being long laces, 

suitable for hiking boots too. 

Colour: Black/Grey Length: 68” 

13078-L Boot Laces 

Colour: 2-Tone Tan Length: 68” 

46 



Rockhopper Boots & 

Neoprene Wading Boots 

With the huge increase in rock-fishing for bass, pollack 

and wrasse, our range of Rockhopper boots will 

give you the edge! 

13081-05 Rockhopper Boots 

A hand laminated rubber boot, bonded to a Neoprene lining and 

upper, for the ultimate in warmth and comfort. Add our famous 

‘Spike-Sole’ and you have the ultimate boot for any occasion 

where deep wading is not required. Our Spike Sole consists of 

hardened steel spikes, set between deep rubber ‘cleats’ so they are 

able to ‘flex’, which is what gives them their outstanding grip. 

We haven’t yet found a surface this sole will not grip on – even ice! 

Sizes: 6-11 

Colour: Grey trim and red lining 

13167-05 Rockhopper 

Neoprene Wading Boots 

Reduced for 


13081-05 

Rockhopper Boots 

Reduced for 


13167-05 Rockhopper Spike-Sole Wading Boots 

Our Rockhopper Wading Boots originated in Japan for rock fishing, 

where good grip is essential. Fitted with our unique Spike Sole, these 

boots offer the ultimate grip on any surface – particularly weed covered 

rocks, where other soles fail. The flexible, hardened steel spikes cut 

down through the weed, to grip the rock below and will even grip in icy 

conditions. Neoprene uppers with a side zip closure they are equally 

suitable for ‘wet wading’ in the summer months or overseas. 

Sizes: 6 -12 

Colour: Black/Green 


13081-05 Rockhopper Boots 6 –11 £119.99 S6666 

13167-05 Rockhopper Spike-Sole Wading Boots 6 –12 £84.99 S4722 


47


Snowbee Technical Clothing 

The challenge for any technical clothing designer and material technologist, is to produce 

garments that keep you warm and dry in the winter, plus cool and dry in the summer. 

Our UK team, backed up by the resources of dedicated clothing designers and material 

technologists at the Snowbee head office design studio in Taiwan, have years of experience 

in this field, which is reflected in the quality and performance of our technical apparel, utilising 

the very latest in material and design technology. 

Snowbee clothing has received numerous awards 

over the years, and again last year, continuing 

to encourage us to develop the ranges further. 

Renowned for producing top quality products at 

great value prices, and as anglers ourselves, we 

appreciate how important good clothing is to an 

excellent day’s fishing regardless of weather. 

The new XStreme Quilted Thermal Jackets, 

which achieved notable recognition in awards 

and endorsement afforded to them in 2022, offer 

unrivalled performance for the price in terms of 

thermal quality and durable construction for use in 

all cold and adverse weather conditions. See p49. 

Of further particular success this past year, with 

numerous endorsements and excellent demand 

since their first introduction, the new All Seasons 

Fly Vests (right) have proved an excellent 

addition to our clothing range. These are styled 

for today’s modern angler and like the chest and 

backpacks, as well as our traditional fly vests, this 

garment is suitable for all weathers and designed 

with much thought to have everything just where 

needed. The price is competitive and having 

already earned great acclaim, affords the modern 

day angler with a great all-weather vest option, in 

a full range of sizes. See p57. 

We have also updated our Fishing Shirt range, 

with the new XS based on our popular ‘Solaris’ 

design, but in a blended poly-cotton material, 

more suited to all the seasons of our temperate 

climate. These shirts offer superb performance 

and practicality in all weathers and will look smart 

and tidy even at the end of a hard day’s fishing. 

Available in a choice of Blue or Light Sage and in 

a full range of sizes. See p54. 

Our Fishing Caps offer a comprehensive 

choice with the Prestige Stonewashed Caps 

(below), and Wide Brim Hats remaining popular 

favourites. All the hats offer a range of smart 

colours and stylish finish with embroidered 

Snowbee logo and fit all sizes. See p62-63. 

Embroidery service 

Snowbee have been making fishing shirts and 

fleeces for many years and in recent times we've 

seen an increase in demand from clubs, fishing 

teams, associations and retail shops, all looking 

for a bespoke team or corporate identity. Always 

keen to optimise our customer service, we 

started offering an embroidery service some 

years ago. This we now extend to all our clothing 

and even some of our bags, caps and Slimline fly 

box kits, to help provide reliable product with an 

instantly identifiable and bespoke logo for every 

member to wear and display with pride. 

It can take up to 28 days to action when busy, 

but turnaround time is generally quicker. Pricing 

is very competitive and discounts may apply for 

volume. Most logos and insignia can be fulfilled 

up to about 90mm. A small charge for new stitch 

design and templates will apply, plus a small 

set-up charge for each new print run. 

Please call the sales office on 01752 334933 or 

email flyfish@snowbee.co.uk with any enquiries. 

48 



Snowbee XStreme Thermal Jacket 

Our XStreme Thermal Jacket is ultra-lightweight, packs down into the 

smallest space, but packs a big punch in terms of thermal properties! 

Finished in an attractive olive green outer nylon shell, the filling is 

a synthetic Polyball polyester, with a fill weight of a class-leading 

425g. The issue with most thermal jackets, whether down or 

synthetic filling, is that they lose much of their insulation properties, 

once the filling gets wet. To help avoid this the 380T nylon outer 

shell is treated with a 'Matt Ciring finish'. This is a technique used on 

textiles for this type of use, which involves treating the finished cloth 

with a heat and pressure process, which makes the outer surface 

waterproof, but gives it a matt finish and a soft feel. 

In addition to this, the outer surface is then treated with a DWR 

(Durable Water Repellent) coating, so light rain will bead-up and run 

off the surface. Although not designed as a ‘waterproof garment’, 

this not only helps keep you dry if caught out by an unexpected 

shower, but more importantly, keeps the polyester filling dry, 

so it retains its thermal properties. 

New for 


Our new jacket makes an ideal outer-layer on crisp, dry days, or 

a perfect thermal mid-layer, under an outer breathable shell, to 

keep you toasty warm even on the coldest days. Team it up with 

our amazing Mini-Pack Jacket on p53 for the perfect, flexible 

combination. 

For additional comfort and warmth, the high collar is lined with a 

self-colour, knitted and elasticated collar lining and the bottom 

hem and cuffs, are bound with a self-colour, elasticated piping, 

for a warm, snug fit on even the coldest days. 

The full-length front 2-way zip has an internal cover-flap to keep 

the wind out. There are 2 large, side zipped pockets, plus 2 deep 

‘pouch’ pockets inside, one of them with an additional secure 

zipped pocket for mobile, wallet, car keys etc. 

Weighing in at just 455g (size M), our new jacket packs down into 

the smallest of spaces, making it ideal for travel, or to stuff in a kitbag 

when out fishing for the day. 

Material: 100% Nylon outer shell and lining, 100% polyester filling 


Sizes: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” 

Snowbee XStreme Thermal Jacket 


11929 XStreme Thermal Jacket 

Our jacket makes an ideal 

outer-layer on crisp, dry days 

or a perfect thermal mid-layer 

under an outer breathable shell, 

to keep you toasty warm 

even on the coldest days. 

11929 XStreme Thermal Jacket NEW £129.99 S7222 

Jacket with collar open 

High collar with knitted lining 

Two large side zipped pockets 



Prestige 2 Breathable Clothing 

Our popular range of Prestige Breathable clothing has been a best seller since its 

original launch in 2012. In 2018 the range was upgraded using new materials, new 

designs and new cutting patterns. The resulting Prestige 2 range is quite simply the 

best breathable clothing we’ve ever made. 

For 26 years anglers have relied on our top quality Vapour-Tec ® breathable material, 

renowned for its performance and total reliability. Our Prestige 2 range uses our reliable, 

quality, breathable material in a range of waterproofs, styled for the modern day angler. 

3-panel integral 

hood concealed 

inside the collar 

Tough nylon 

front zip 

Double front storm flaps with stud 

fastening and inner rain ‘gutter' 

Articulated elbows 

for comfort and 

ease of movement 

11183 Prestige 2 Breathable Wading Jacket 

11183 Prestige 2 Breathable Wading Jacket 

The Prestige 2 Wading Jacket is 2” longer than many on the market, so it can also be worn in a boat, 

with the over-trousers. The 3-panel integral hood is fully adjustable and can be rolled away into 

the collar when not required. Tough nylon front zip, with our 'trademark' double front storm flaps 

with stud fastening and inner rain ‘gutter’. The two rain-proof zip pockets under the storm flap, but 

outside the main zip, allow quick access and are ideal for mobiles, car keys etc. Large zipped rear 

pocket. Strong D-Ring on back for landing nets etc. Articulated elbows for comfort and ease of 

movement. Adjustable waterproof Neoprene cuff with Velcro adjuster straps. Adjustable elasticated 

waist draw cord. Two large front bellows pockets will swallow the largest of fly boxes and 

there are hand-warmer pockets behind them for relaxed comfort. 

Large zipped rear pocket. 

Rain-proof zip pockets. 

Sizes: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” 

XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” 

Colour: Dark Moss Green 

50 



Fully adjustable 

elasticated braces 

11184 Prestige 2 

Breathable 

¾ Fishing Jacket 

Quick release 

clips 

Zipped thigh 

pocket. Bellows 

cargo pocket, 

opposite side 

11184 Prestige 2 Breathable ¾ Fishing Jacket 

Re-introduced by popular demand, our ¾ length Fishing Jacket has simple, clean lines which will 

appeal not only to anglers, but to shooters and all country sports enthusiasts. The ¾ length makes it 

ideal for use over thigh waders, while the chest and shoulder area is left clear, to appeal to shooters. 

There are two good sized, fleece-lined hand warmer pockets, with storm flaps over the openings 

and below these are two generously-sized bellows design pockets, large enough to take fly boxes 

or cartridges, as required. For the shooters, there are pocket tab retainers inside the hand warmer 

pockets to hold these open. A 2-way front zip is protected by a double storm flap and there are two 

rain-proof zip pockets under the storm flap, but outside the main zip allowing quick access, ideal 

for mobiles, car keys etc. The sleeves feature an adjustable, waterproof inner cuff, the same as the 

Wading Jacket, but with an outer cuff over the top of it, to give this jacket a more traditional look. 

An internal, adjustable draw-cord around the waist, provides a snug fit, to keep out draughts. 

The adjustable, integral hood rolls up into the collar, when not required. 



11185 Prestige 2 Breathable Over Trousers 

Our Prestige 2 Over-trousers are a more 'fitted' style than previous 

designs, with a high waist and a high back with adjustable braces, 

making them ideal for boat, as well as reservoir fishing. The full length 

front fly is a feature that will be appreciated by any angler who has 

fished all day in the rain. An 

inner waterproof gusset, ensures 

this remains waterproof, even 

when sitting in a boat. 600-denier 

nylon reinforced knee and seat 

pads for extra wear, articulated knees 

for freedom of movement and zipped, 

waterproof ankle gussets for easy on/ 

off over boots or shoes. Fully adjustable 

elasticated braces with quick release 

clips. Velcro adjustable side gussets 

offering up to 12” of adjustment on the 

waist, to cover a large range of sizes. 

Zipped, waterproof ankle gussets. 

Size: S 30/32” M 32/34” L 36/38” 

XL 40/42” XXL 44/46” 


Velcro adjustable 

side gussets 

11185 Prestige 2 

Breathable Over Trousers 

Prestige 2 Breathable Clothing 

Model Description Sizes Price 

11183 

2 

Prestige Wading Jacket S, M, L, XL, XXL £199.99 S11111 


2 

¾ Fishing Jacket S, M, L, XL, XXL £219.99 S12222 


2 

Over Trousers S, M, L, XL, XXL £199.99 S11111 


51


Dartmoor Fleece Jacket & Gilet 

Our Dartmoor fleece jacket and gilet combine a stylish 

design with the very latest fleece material technology, 

to provide an impressive performance 

in even the harshest conditions! 

Our Dartmoor range has its roots firmly in the harsh, rugged 

landscape of Devon’s Dartmoor. Rising to over 2,000 feet above sea 

level, the exposed granite hilltops, known as tors, offer little protection 

in harsh winter weather. In these conditions you need good quality 

thermal clothing just to survive, let alone keep warm! 

That’s where our new Dartmoor range comes in. 

Made with the very latest 300g double-brushed, anti-pill, double 

Polar fleece making it super-soft and super warm. This fabric exhibits 

many of wool's qualities but weighs a fraction of the lightest available 

woollens. It is hydrophobic, holding less than 1% of its weight in 

water, so retains much of its insulating quality even when wet. It 

is machine washable, dries quickly and makes a great alternative 

for those who are allergic or sensitive to wool. Polyester fleece is 

extremely warm because of its structure. The pile surface provides 

space for air pockets between the threads, and this goes for both 

sides of the fabric. Because it is moisture-resistant, it can keep 

wearers warm even under extreme weather conditions, whilst still 

breathable, to keep you dry when things warm up. 

Our range features two stylish garments: 

Reduced for 


Reduced for 


11927 Dartmoor Fleece Jacket 

11927 Dartmoor Fleece Jacket 

A stylish new jacket design featuring a 

high collar and inner storm flap under the front 

zip to keep out draughts. The two zipped side 

pockets have pocket flaps reinforced with faux 

leather for additional style and wear protection. 

On the left chest is a further zipped pocket for 

a mobile phone or wallet. 

11928 Dartmoor Fleece Gilet 

Front pocket 

In a similar style and with similar features to 

the new jacket, but in a sleeveless gilet design. 

On this model, the side pocket flaps, the 

armholes, plus the neck and front zip hems are 

all reinforced with faux leather for additional 

style and wear protection. Both models 

feature quality YKK zips throughout, with 

self-colour embroidered logos on the front and 

our Snowbee leather tab logo on the back. 

Dartmoor Fleece Jacket and Gilet 


11928 Dartmoor 

Fleece Gilet 

11927 Dartmoor Fleece Jacket S, M, L, XL, XXL £79.99 S4444 

11928 Dartmoor Fleece Gilet S, M, L, XL, XXL £69.99 S3889 

Leather tab 

Sizes: S 36/38” M 38/40” L-42/44” XL-46/48” XXL-50/52” 

Colour: Dark Loden Green 

52 



Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket 

Mini-pack from Snowbee… does just what it says 

on the tin! The smallest, lightest waterproof 

jacket you’re likely to come across! 

11188 Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket 

We’ve all been caught out by the weather when we wished 

we’d taken a waterproof! Our Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket 

solves the problem. Packing down into a stuff-bag measuring 

an amazing 8” x 4” and weighing just 388g, the Mini-Pack still 

‘packs a mighty punch’ in terms of specification! Manufactured 

from a quality rip-stop nylon outer shell, treated with a DWR 

finish, laminated to a high performance Vapour-Tec breathable 

membrane. W/P: 10,000 mm H 2 

O, MVT: 3,000 g/m 2 /24hrs, with 

a laminated Tricot inner layer, for additional strength. 

Fitted with two flush chest pockets with water-resistant zips and 

bellows gussets across the bottom, allowing them to expand 

when larger fly boxes are stored. Behind these are hand-warmer 

pockets for those cold days, when a bit of protection against the 

elements is appreciated. 

Reduced for 


11188 Mini-Pack 

Waterproof Jacket 

The main front zip is a water-resistant style for added protection, while 

the high collar features a roll-away storage for the fully adjustable 3-panel 

hood, which has a stiffened peak. The cuffs are our waterproof Neoprene 

design, to keep out the elements and have flush fitting Velcro adjusters 

that cannot catch on fly lines. On the back and shoulders are thin beads of 

trim, in reflective material, for additional safety in the dark. 


Colour: Dark Slate Green 

Mini-Pack cuffs 

Mini-Pack elasticated adjusters Mini-Pack front pocket Mini-Pack from rear 

Our new ultra-lightweight, packable 

waterproof jacket really can be taken 

wherever you go… just in case! 

Mini-Pack Stuff-Sack 

Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket 


11188 Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket S, M, L, XL, XXL £119.99 S6666 


53


Snowbee XS Fishing Shirts 

Our new XS fishing shirts are equally suitable fishing the flats for bonefish as fishing the local 

reservoir. Made from a tough, poly-cotton material, they are quick drying, but also retain their 

smart appearance for that 'trophy fish' photo! 

Having tried all the 'high performance', 'technical' materials over the 

years, we came to the conclusion, that overall, you can’t beat the 

tried and tested polycotton material, for cool comfort in pretty much 

all conditions. A shirt which keeps you cool in the summer, offers 

good sun protection, whilst still retaining its smart appearance, 

even at the end of a long, hard day’s fishing! 

Utilising the same design as our popular ‘Solaris’ range, but in a 

material more suited to our temperate climate. Our soft, poly-cotton 

material uses a blend of fibres created to provide the advantages 

of both cotton and the poly fibres, into one fabric. Namely tear and 

crease-resistance, meaning less ironing, with good wicking properties, 

when things get hot! The material also breathes to keep you cool in the 

summer months, while the top half of the shirt is lined front and back 

with a fine polyester mesh, covered by external vent flaps, which allow 

free air passage to prevent the outer material sticking to the skin. 

There are two large front bellows pockets for fly boxes, a sunglasses 

holder button-hole on the chest and the sleeves features Swiss Cuff 

tabs and buttons to hold the sleeves in place, when rolled up for 

casting. The concealed button-down collars prevent that annoying 

collar-flap, when fishing in a breeze. These stylish shirts come in the two 

most popular colours – Sky Blue and a light Stone/Sage Green. 

Material: 65% Polyester, 35% cotton 

Colours: Light Sage or Sky Blue 

Sizes: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 40/42” XL 42/44” XXL 44/46” XXXL 46/48” 

Rear vent flap 

Embroidery service 

We offer an embroidery 

service for our shirts, fleeces 

and caps, for associations, 

clubs, fishing teams and 

retail shop staff. Please see 

the full details on p48. 

11810-S XS Fishing Shirt 

– Light Sage 

11810-B XS Fishing Shirt 

– Sky Blue 

Swiss cuff loops 

Button-down collar 

Snowbee XS Fishing Shirts 


11810-S XS Fishing Shirt – Light Sage £69.99 S3889 

11810-B XS Fishing Shirt – Sky Blue £69.99 S3889 

54 



Prestige Long Fly Fishing Waistcoat 

Our original English style Long Fly Fishing Waistcoat but with a modern twist. 

Over the past 10 to 15 years we have all adopted the American style mid-length fly vests 

which double as bank or wading vests. As we are constantly asked by bank anglers for 

a long style waistcoat, we have based ours on an original model from many years 

ago, but updated with new materials, pocket designs and modern 

features. Ideal for the reservoir or bank angler. 

11624 Prestige Long 

Fly Fishing Waistcoat 

Made from a hard-wearing polyester cotton 

with a brushed outer surface. The shoulders 

are re-enforced with matching corduroy, which 

helps spread the load. Velcro epaulettes lock 

fishing bag straps in place, so they don’t slide 

off while walking. For extra warmth there is a 

thick, brushed cotton check lining and all the 

perimeter hems are re-enforced with leatherette 

trim for extra wear. An inside waist adjuster 

cord with toggle-loks ensures a snug fit. 

Sizes: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” 

XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” XXXL 52/54" 


Features 

l Thirteen front flaps, pouch and 

zipped pockets – ample storage for 

fly boxes, leader material, floatants, 

sinkants and accessories, plus 

concealed ethafoam fly holder 

l Three secure pockets inside 

l Large zipped pocket and a priest 

pocket on the back l Front rod loop 

and Velcro tab, plus one rear and 

two front D-rings for landing 

nets, zingers and accessories 

l Front zip and stud fastener 

Large zipped pocket on the back 

Priest pocket, just where you 

need it on the right hip. 

A total of 13 front flap, pouch and zipped pockets, provide ample storage for 

fly boxes, leader material, floatants, sinkants and accessories, plus concealed 

ethafoam fly holder. 

Prestige Long Fly Fishing Waistcoat 


11624 Prestige Long Waistcoat S, M, L, XL, XXL, XXXL £119.99 S6666 


55


Geo Fly Fishing Vest 

11619 Geo Fly Fishing Vest 

l Concealed coil retractors on front of vest 

l 2 internal 100% waterproof pockets l Further 

internal zipped and mesh pockets l Internal priest 

pocket l Microfibre sunglass cleaning cloth l Two 

front and two side D-rings l Front rod loop and 

Velcro tag l Velcro removable fly drying ripple foam. 

Knitted, self-colour 

collar for comfort 

Zinger 

Breathable foam padding 

across the shoulders 

DWR Coating 

The vest material is treated with 

a DWR (Durable Water Repellent) 

finish. This chemical treatment 

forces water to bead up and roll 

off the surface of the fabric, which 

enhances the water-resistant 

properties and keeps the fabric 

light, by not soaking up water. 

This super durable application will 

retain its properties even after 

repeated use and washings. 

Size: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” 

XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” 

Colour: Sage Green 

See p107 for actual chest measurements. 

4 main box-design outer 

pockets plus 5 additional 

front accessory pockets for 

floatants, sinkants etc 

Concealed coil retractors 

on front of vest 

Quick-pull Aztec pattern 

material tabs on zips. 

2 front zip pockets 

for extra storage 

Geo Fly Fishing Vest 

Model Description Colour Sizes Price 

11619 Geo Fly Vest Sage Green S, M, L, XL, XXL £119.99 S6666 

Full length zip one 

side for large items, 

short zip on the left hand 

side allows a water bottle 

or spare spool to be 

easily retrieved. 

56 



All-Seasons Fly Fishing Vest 

As the name suggests, this new vest is designed to cover all 

seasons and weather conditions, so one vest does it all! 

Made from a tough, rip-proof polyester material which has a PU lining, making it waterproof, but also quick-drying, 

should it get soaked! It offers good wind resistance, making it ideal for autumn, winter and spring use, but also has 

a zip-off back panel, revealing a mesh back, making it ideal for the summer months also. Our new vest offers quality, 

style and above all functionality, all rolled into one! 

11617 All-Seasons Fly Vest 

l Waterproof, quick drying, polyester material 

l Quilted shoulder panels to spread the load 

l 3 main front box-design outer zipped pockets 

to hold all your fly boxes 

l 6 additional front accessory pockets for 

floatants, sinkants, leaders, tippet spools etc 

l 2 front vertical zip pockets for extra storage 

l Large internal mesh pocket for licence, keys etc 

l Large rear zipped pocket for waterproof etc 

l Rear panel zips off to reveal mesh back for 

summer use, with integral zipped pocket for 

water-bottle, waterproof etc 

l Rear, plus 2 side landing net D-rings 

l Front rod loop and velcro tag 

Top shoulder elastic 

looped-straps to hold 

fly floatant and sinkant 

bottles 

Chrome-plated snaphook 

for zinger, snips, 

scissors, forceps etc 

Size: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” 

XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” 


Rear mesh panel pocket 

Internal mesh pocket 

Quality YKK zips used throughout, with reversed 

covers for additional water resistance to pockets 

Rear panel zipped off to reveal 

mesh back 

All-Seasons Fly Fishing Vest 

Model Description Sizes Colour Price 

Rear panel in place 

11617 All-Seasons Fly Vest S, M, L, XL, XXL Olive Green £84.99 S4722 


57


Superlight & Classic Fly Fishing Vests 

11614 Superlight 

Fly Vest 

Made from a lightweight 100% nylon Taslon material, these 

vests are so light you won’t know you are wearing them! 

11614 Superlight Fly Vest 

l 100% waterproof Nylon Taslon material l Elasticated collar and mesh inner 

lining for comfort l 4 main box-design outer pockets to swallow the largest 

of fly boxes l Additional small pockets on the front of these for accessories 

l Two front zip pockets for extra storage l Large rear pouch pocket l Front 

zip closure l Rear net D-ring l Covered pocket zips for better rain protection 

l Zip pull-tabs to all pocket zips l Faux sheepskin fly patch to top pocket 

l Coil retractor with quick release clip l 3 elasticated holders for bottles of 

flydressings l 2 additional front D-rings l Front rod loop and Velcro tag 

l Weighs just 298g/10.6oz. 

100% waterproof Taslon 

material will help keep the 

pocket contents dry. 

Size: S 36/38”, M 38/40”, 

L 42/44”, XL 46/48”, XXL 50/52” 

Colour: Sage Green/Grey 

Reduced for 


11621 Classic Fly Vest 

A top quality, bank length fly-fishing waistcoat. 

Constructed in 100% Tussor nylon, this ultra-lightweight 

fabric is super fast drying and comfortable. 

Size: S 36/38” M 38/40” L 42/44” XL 46/48” XXL 50/52” 

Junior S 32/34” M 34/36” L 36/38” 


Also available 

in junior sizes. 

Features 

l 4 front zip pockets, 6 Velcro flap pockets, 2 tippet pockets l Rod loop and tab 

plus front and rear D-rings l Large rear zipped pocket for waterproofs 

l 5 internal pockets includes glasses pocket and zipped pocket 

l Rear mesh lining to keep you cool. 

Superlight and Classic Fly Fishing Vests 

Model Description Colour Sizes Price 

11614 Superlight Fly Vest Sage Green/Grey S,M,L,XL,XXL £64.99 S3611 

11621 Classic Fly Vest Olive Green S,M,L,XL,XXL £72.99 S4055 

11621-JNR Junior Classic Fly Vest Olive Green S,M,L £59.99 S3333 

11621 Classic Fly Vest 

58 



Ultralite Chest-Pack 

Rear D-Ring for 

landing net 

Our Chest-Pack is designed for the roving 

angler who likes to travel light! 

There are times when roving a river bank or moorland reservoir, when 

you don’t want all the paraphernalia associated with a traditional fly vest 

or back-pack. When you just want to travel light with the bare essentials 

for a day’s fishing, that’s where our Ultralite Chest-Pack is ideal. 

11628 Ultralite Chest-Pack 

Constructed from a tough 840D rip-stop polyester fabric, for strength and 

light-weight, with a PU rear coating, making the material 100% waterproof. It 

features two, large fly-box pockets, with further internal flap pockets for leaders and 

accessories. In front of these are two smaller zipped pockets for small fly boxes, 

tippet spools and accessories. On the front of these are a zipped mesh pocket one 

side, for leaders, floatants, sinkants etc and a convenient, fold-down, ripple-foam 

fly-patch on the other. 

Down either side of the main pockets, are two external coil retractors, with neat 

covers, for forceps and snips. These can drop neatly into the looped side 

clip attachments, to prevent them swinging around and catching fly 

lines. The main shoulder straps feature two elasticated loops one side 

for floatants and sinkants and on the other side a novel tippet spool 

holder, which can hold up to 4 or 5 small tippet spools. 

The two main chest compartments zip together in the centre and also 

have an elasticated centre strap, to allow more freedom of movement 

on hot days. The entire shoulder straps and pocket assembly have 

an air-mesh rear lining, to help keep you cool on hot days and the 

elasticated side straps are fully adjustable, meaning one size fits all. 

Coil retractor 

each side 

There is a strong rear D-ring for a landing net, two side 

D-rings for further accessories and a rod loop and 

Velcro shoulder strap, to hold your rod, whilst changing 

flies or leaders. All zips are 'reversed' featuring cover 

shields, to help keep the pockets water-resistant. 

Weighing in at just 370g/13oz, you really don’t know 

you’re wearing this innovative pack. 

Size: One-size fits all 

Colour: 2-Tone Sage Green 

4 main fly box pockets Front fly-patch pocket 

Ultralite Chest-Pack 


Price 

11628 Ultralite Chest-Pack £64.99 S3611 


59


Fly Vest / Backpack 

Our popular Fly-Vest/Backpack comes 

with the addition of a rear rod-tube 

pouch allowing the rambling fly-fisher 

to carry a spare rod, or to keep their 

rod safely packed if they have a long 

walk to their fishing. 

Padded air-mesh back 

& shoulder straps 

Adjustable shoulder 

and side straps 

Rod loop and 

Velcro tab 

Side mesh pockets 

for tippet spools 

Large box 

design pockets 

for fly boxes 

Smaller box 

design pockets 

Concealed coil retractors 

11625 Rear backpack 

showing new 

Rod Tube holder. 

11625 Fly Vest / Backpack 

Constructed using a tough 840D rip-stop 

polyester material for strength and light weight, 

with a PU rear coating, making the material 

100% waterproof. The front section incorporates 

all the features you would expect on a modern 

vest, including two large box design pockets for 

fly boxes, with smaller ones in front of them. 

Four zipped internal pockets and two side mesh 

pockets for tippet spools etc. There are two concealed coil 

retractors with tube pockets below to drop forceps and snips into, 

stopping them swinging about. Numerous elasticated loops plus 

a rod loop and Velcro tab. Inside there are four mesh pockets for 

leaders and accessories. The rear backpack offers ample storage 

for the roving angler – the large main compartment can be more 

than doubled in size by means of a zipped, bellows expander 

panel and inside has a secure clip for car keys etc plus a rear 

pocket if you want to add a hydration pack. The smaller outer 

pocket has further inner and outer mesh pouch pockets. 

Across the bottom is a further mesh/nylon pocket for a water 

bottle and there are ample D-Rings for landing nets etc. 

Now with an added rear rod-tube carry pouch. 

The padded air-mesh back and shoulder straps keep you 

cool and support heavy loads effortlessly. Adjustable shoulder 

and side straps means one-size fits all. 

Size: One-size fits all 

Colour: 2-Tone Sage Green 

Fly Vest / Backpack 

Model Description Colour Price 

11625 Fly Vest/Backpack 2-Tone Sage Green £119.99 S6666 

60 



Gloves & Socks 

13122 Neoprene Gloves 

A sturdy pair of neoprene gloves, made in a soft 2.5mm 

Neoprene to keep you warm on the coldest days. 

Material panels run down each side of the gloves 

and between the fingers to provide added 

flexibility and comfort. The back of the 

gloves has a jersey knit lining, whilst 

the palms and fingers use a 

patterned rubber for extra 

grip. Thumb, index and 

middle fingers have 

‘flip-up’ tips, with Velcro 

pads to hold them 

back – allows knot tying 

without taking the gloves 

off. Velcro adjustable 

wrist cuff. 

Size: S, M, L, XL 

Colour: Dark Green with Black palm 

13122 Neoprene 

Gloves 

13124 SFT Neoprene Gloves 

Unlike traditional neoprene where the seams are butt glued and blind 

stitched, with our Seamless Fusion Technology (SFT) the seams are 

welded and then an ultra-thin, highly elastic tape applied. The result is 

a 100% waterproof, seamless product. The neoprene used is a 4-way 

high-stretch, 100% CR neoprene, but only 1mm thick, so for the first time 

you can have a neoprene fishing glove, which is a tight fit and ultra-thin, 

allowing you to feel everything and remain 100% dry. Silicone, screen 

printed palm and finger panels for superb grip and feel, even when wet. 

13141 Lightweight Neoprene Gloves 

A lightweight neoprene glove with a nylon Jersey knit palm 

with rubberised ‘dots’ pattern for extra grip. The thin palm 

material allows the gloves to be worn whilst fishing 

or shooting, while the Neoprene back gives added 

warmth, where it’s needed. The tips of the 

thumb and index finger are left exposed 

to allow tying of knots, or loading, 

without removing the gloves. 

Size: S, M, L, XL 

Colour: Dark Green/Black 

13141 Lightweight 

Neoprene Gloves 

Tips of the thumb and 

index finger are exposed to 

allow tying of knots without 

removing the gloves. 

13275 Knitted CoolMax ® 

Technical Boot Socks 

We all make do with any old socks inside boots 

and waders and often pay the price of blisters and 

sore feet! This is usually caused by chafe or excess 

perspiration. Our new knitted mid-length boot socks 

are purpose designed to prevent this. 

Made from CoolMax ® yarn, this innovative blend of 

wool, cotton, polyester, elastane and nylon with soft 

padded sole and heel, provides maximum support and 

comfort. The ‘climate regulating’ CoolMax ® yarn wicks 

moisture away from the skin, to help keep feet drier 

and cooler, all day long which helps prevent blisters. 

13275 Knitted CoolMax ® 

Technical Boot Socks 

Sizes: M 6-8½ (EU 40-43), L 9-13 (EU 43-47) 

Colour: 2-Tone Loden Green 

13124 SFT Neoprene Gloves 

Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL 

Colour: Mid Olive / Black 

Gloves and Socks 


13122 Neoprene Gloves Dark Green/Black £16.99 S944 

13141 Lightweight Neoprene Gloves Dark Green/Black £14.99 S833 

13124 SFT Neoprene Gloves Mid Olive/Black £49.99 S2777 

13275-M CoolMax® Technical Boot Socks 2-Tone Loden Green £9.99 S555 

13275-L CoolMax® Technical Boot Socks 2-Tone Loden Green £9.99 S555 

13042 Fleece Lined Neoprene Socks Dark Green £17.99 S999 

13042 Fleece-lined 

Neoprene Socks 

Our fleece-lined neoprene socks offer 

added warmth inside boots or waders, 

but at just 3.5mm don’t add too much 

bulk. They come in a higher length for 

added warmth and comfort, and are 

fitted with a split seam at the 

top for wider calves. 

Sizes: S 5-7, M 7-8, 

L 9-10, XL 11-13. 

Colour: 

Dark Green 

13042 

Fleece Lined 

Neoprene Socks 


61


Fishing Caps, Hats & Accessories 

13259 Prestige Stonewashed Caps 

Our new Prestige Stonewashed Caps, return to the 

popular 6-panel baseball cap design, to provide 

the best fit & comfort. Manufactured from a soft, 

stonewashed cotton material and available in a smart 

new range of colours – Burgundy, Denim and Khaki, all 

with a heavily embroidered, self-colour Snowbee logo. 

Size adjustment by a quality rear buckle and strap 

arrangement, so one size fits all. These new caps simply 

ooze quality and will stand out from the crowd! 


Colour: Burgundy, Denim, Khaki 


Stonewashed Caps 

13250 Waterproof/ 

Reduced for 

Breathable Fishing Cap 2023 

A new twist on an old theme! Our 

premium cap is manufactured from a 100% nylon 

fabric with our Vapour-Tec ® fully waterproof/ 

breathable membrane, to keep you cool and 

comfortable in all weathers. 

All inside seams are heat taped to ensure 

you keep dry even in the heaviest rain. 

Finished in an attractive Taupe colour 

with contrasting embossed, embroidered logo. 

With a breathability of 4,000 g/m 2 /24hrs and hydrostatic 

pressure (waterproofness) of 8,000 mm, this is guaranteed to 

keep you cool and dry in the most adverse weather conditions. 

13250 Waterproof/ 

Breathable Cap 

13251 Folding Cap 

A totally unique, innovative folding cap. 

Baseball style caps are an extremely 

popular item for fly fishing, but are 

not the easiest item to store or carry, 

when not being worn. 

Our Folding Cap is made from 

100% polyester micro-check 

material with a water 

repellent finish. The peak 

has a tri-fold facility, so the 

whole cap can be folded flat 

to fit in a pocket. 

13251 Folding Cap 

13256 5-Panel Fishing Caps 

Soft, brushed cotton material in a modern, 

5-panel design, with a rear Velcro adjuster strap 

and contrasting Snowbee logo. The vibrant 

pink coloured cap has proved popular with 

lady fishers and stands out from the crowd! 

Reduced for 


Size: One size fits all Colour: Pink 

Tri-fold facility, 

so the whole cap 

can be folded flat. 


Colour: Slate Grey 

19442 Cap Strap 

To avoid losing your favourite cap, this ingenious coiled 

lanyard simply clips onto the cap at one end and the collar of 

your shirt or jacket at the other. The quick release 

plastic clips give a firm grip on any material. 

Length: 13” Colour: Grey 

62 



13257 Wide Brim Ranger Hat 

Our Wide Brimmed Ranger Hat offers protection to the ears and back of the neck 

in a stylish and practical way and is treated with an anti-UV agent for maximum 

protection. Made from a tough 10oz cotton duck material, which breathes 

naturally for summer coolness. Treated with DuPont Teflon for water resistance. 

Complete with an adjustable chin-strap, which can be tucked 

away inside the hat with a neat Velcro strap. There is a second 

Velcro pocket inside the hat crown for fishing licence etc. 

Colour: Stone (with dark olive under brim) 

or Dark Olive 

13257-G Olive Hat 

13257-S Stone Hat 

Treated with an 

anti-UV agent for 

maximum protection 

offering protection to 

the ears and back of 

the neck in a stylish 

and practical way. 

How to measure for hat size 

To measure your size, use a tape measure 

and measure the circumference of your 

head, loosely, running the tape just above 

the ears and approximately 1” above the 

eyebrows. Then refer to the chart below for 

your correct size. 

Ultra-Violet Protection Factor 

When we sent the material sample to the SGS Laboratory for 

testing, it went off the scale! It came back with an ‘actual’ UPF 

(Ultra-Violet Protection Factor) of 2569 allowing just 0.03% of 

UVA and 0.04% of UVB to pass through! Unfortunately, the official 

rating system only goes up to a factor 50+… the equivalent of 

wearing factor 50 sunscreen, so we had to settle for this! 

13257 Wide Brim Ranger Hat sizes 

S M L XL XXL 

Diameter inches 6¾”– 6 7 /8” 7”– 7 1 /8” 7¼”– 7 3 /8” 7½”– 7 5 /8” 7¾”– 7 7 /8” 

Circumference cm 53.8 – 54.8cm 55.8 – 56.85cm 57.8 – 58.8cm 59.8 – 60.8cm 61.8 – 62.8cm 

Hat sizes are given in INCHES which is the ‘head diameter’. 

Fishing Caps, Hats and Accessories 


18063 Cap-Peak Clip-on Magnifier 

Glasses or no glasses, this innovative device provides +2.5 

magnification for changing flies in any light conditions and 

dealing with fine tippets and knots. When not required it flips 

up under the peak of a cap, virtually undetectable. 

13259-B Prestige Stonewashed Cap Burgundy £29.99 S1666 

13259-D Prestige Stonewashed Cap Denim £29.99 S1666 

13259-K Prestige Stonewashed Cap Khaki £29.99 S1666 

13250 Waterproof/Breathable Cap Taupe £29.99 S1666 

13251 Folding Cap Slate Grey £16.99 S944 

13256P 5-Panel Fishing Cap Pink £12.99 S722 

19442 Cap Strap Grey £7.99 S444 

13257 Wide Brim Ranger Hat Stone or Olive £39.99 S2222 

18063 Cap-Peak Clip-on Magnifier £14.99 S833 


63


Spectre Sunglasses 

Combining traditional, retro styles with modern wrap-arounds and using 

the latest, state-of-the-art lens technology, our new flagship Spectre range 

offers a sunglass for every possible purpose at class leading prices! 

When we set about designing the new Spectre range of sunglasses, 

we knew we had to come up with something different to meet the 

demands of modern day anglers. It’s no longer just about 

eye protection – you need to look and feel good in your 

shades and if you feel good…. you catch more fish! 

All models are made with lightweight polycarbonate frames, 

fitted with the latest 1mm TAC (Tri-Acetate Cellulose) lenses 

which offer outstanding, distortion-free, optical clarity. 

The polarising filters offer superb glare elimination allowing 

you to spot fish better and follow their movements. 

The standard models are available in a lens choice of either 

Smoke Grey – best for bright light conditions, Amber – best 

for lower-light conditions or Yellow – ideal for evening and 

night fishing or under tree cover, due to their ‘light gathering’ 

properties. in addition, we added two new lens finishes in 

2020; one in Electric Blue Mirror finish and one in 

Green/Yellow Mirror finish – both perfect for bright light 

conditions, such as those encountered when flats fishing, 

but equally suitable on the reservoir on bright days. 

Available in a range of frame and lens combinations to suit 

all tastes and fishing requirements. The range features either 

satin black frames with grey/black graphite pattern frame arms 

with subtle red trim, or gloss finish tortoiseshell frames. 

All models come complete with a quality, hard protective case 

(below), a micro-fibre cleaning pouch and come in a smart 

presentation box. 

18041-1 Spectre Retro 

Full Frame – black/grey check 

frame, smoke lens 

18041-2 Spectre Retro Full Frame – 

tortoiseshell frame, amber lens 

18041-1M Spectre Retro 


frame, blue mirror lens 

18041-2M Spectre Retro 


frame, yellow/green mirror lens 

18041 Spectre Retro Sunglasses 

A stylish new range, the retro frame design, offers 

an understated, cool look, while the latest lens 

technology offers a performance to compete with 

the best. Weight: 25g. 

Spectre Sunglasses 

Model Description Frame Colour Lens Colour Price 

All Snowbee sunglasses exceed 

American and European 

standards for eye protection (BS 

EN ISO 12312-1-2013+A1:2015). 

The UV400 lenses filter out 100% 

of harmful UVA & UVB radiation 

for total eye protection. 

The polarising filter selectively 

absorbs 99% of reflected glare 

to allow better light contrast and 

more accurate colour definition 

for enhanced fish spotting. 

18041-1 Spectre Retro Full Frame Black/Grey Check Smoke £39.99 S2222 

18041-2 Spectre Retro Full Frame Tortoiseshell Amber £39.99 S2222 

18041-1M Spectre Retro Full Frame Black/Grey Check Blue mirror £45.99 S2555 

18041-2M Spectre Retro Full Frame Black/Grey Check Yellow/Green mirror £45.99 S2555 

18043-1 Spectre Wrap Full Frame Black Smoke £39.99 S2222 

18043-2 Spectre Wrap Full Frame Tortoiseshell Amber £39.99 S2222 

18043-4 Spectre Wrap Full Frame Tortoiseshell Yellow £39.99 S2222 

18043-1M Spectre Wrap Full Frame Black Blue mirror £45.99 S2555 

18043-2M Spectre Wrap Full Frame Black Yellow/Green mirror £45.99 S2555 

18044-1 Spectre Magnifier Unpolarised Black Smoke £34.99 S1944 

18044-2 Spectre Magnifier Unpolarised Tortoiseshell Amber £34.99 S1944 

18043-4U Spectre 'Dry Fly' Unpolarised Black Yellow £29.99 S1666 

64 



18043-2 Spectre Wrap Full Frame 

– tortoiseshell frame, amber lens 

18043 Spectre Wrap 

Full Frame Sunglasses 

For those who prefer a full frame design, whilst retaining 

the close-fitting, wrap-around style, our new range are the 

answer. A stylish, sophisticated design, but retaining the 

close fit and wide frame arms, to help eliminate virtually all 

peripheral light. This range also includes the popular yellow 

lens, perfect for low light conditions. Weight: 45g. 

18043-1 Spectre Wrap Full Frame 

– black frame, smoke lens 

18043-4 Spectre Wrap Full Frame – 

tortoiseshell frame, yellow lens 

18043-2M Spectre Wrap Full Frame – 

black frame, yellow/green mirror lens 

18043-1M Spectre Wrap Full Frame – 

black frame, blue mirror lens 

18044-1 Spectre Magnifier Unpolarised – 

black frame, smoke lens 

18044 Spectre Magnifier Unpolarised 

Like many of us who require reading glasses for close-up work, the hassle 

this involves when changing flies, or leaders, will be well known to you! 

Our new, innovative design features lightweight nylon frames with quality 

polycarbonate lenses. Laminated to the bottom of the lenses are small 

+2.5 magnifier lenses. These are small enough to be unobtrusive in normal 

use, but glance down, as you do when changing leaders or flies and the +2.5 magnification brings 

everything into sharp focus. These are un-polarised, due to the magnifying lenses preventing this, but 

provide great sun and glare protection, just the same. Available in black frame with smoke lenses and 

tortoiseshell frame with amber lenses, both fitted with rubber nose pads and rubber frame tip-arms, for 

grip. Come with a hard protective case and micro-fibre cleaning pouch. 

Weight: 26g. 

18044-2 Spectre Magnifier Unpolarised – 

tortoiseshell frame, amber lens 

18043-4U Spectre 'Dry-Fly' Sunglasses 

Our Spectre 'Dry-Fly' specialist sunglasses feature lightweight polycarbonate frames and 

2mm polycarbonate, yellow, non-polarised lenses for the ultimate fly and bite detection. 

When dry fly fishing, the solid fly silhouette stands out against the glare of the water, while 

the yellow lens tint takes the sting out of the brightness of the 

sunlight. If this glare is removed by a polarising lens, the dry fly 

melts into the background colour of the water, making it harder 

to see. This specialist un-polarised sunglass is perfect for dry-fly 

18043-4U Spectre 'Dry Fly' fishing, giving you greater clarity to keep your fly in sight at all 

Unpolarised – black frame, 

times, reducing missed takes. Weight: 50g. 

yellow lens 


65


Prestige Sports Sunglasses 

Our range features lightweight polycarbonate frames with TAC (Tri-Acetate 

Cellulose) lenses. This new material offers superb polarisation coupled 

with outstanding distortion free, optical clarity. A hard lens coating also 

provides scratch resistance. The lenses are available in a choice of either 

Smoke Green – best for bright light conditions, Amber – best for 

lower-light conditions or Yellow – ideal for evening and night fishing 

or under tree cover, due to their light gathering properties. 

18005-1Prestige Gamefisher 

Matt Black/Smoke Green 

A sleek design, with a closefitting, 

wrap-around style. 

18005 Prestige Gamefisher Sunglasses 

A stylish new range, combining a simple, sleek design, with 

a close-fitting, wrap-around style. Lightweight nylon frames 

fit snugly to the face and wrap-around the sides, with wide 

frame arms to block peripheral light. Frame/Lens colour: 

Matt Black/Smoke Green lens, Gloss Tortoiseshell/Amber 

lens or Gloss Tortoiseshell/Yellow lens. Weight: 24g 

18005-2 Prestige Gamefisher 

Tortoiseshell/Amber 

18005-4 Prestige Gamefisher 

Tortoiseshell/Yellow 

Comes complete with... 

a quality, hard protective case, with swivelclip, 

to attach to D-ring or belt-loop, a neck 

lanyard and a microfibre cleaning cloth. 

18006 Prestige Streamf isher 

Sunglasses 

A classic design with sleek, contoured frame arms. 

Fitted with rubberised frame arm tips and nose pads, 

for improved comfort and grip. The stylish, close-fitting, 

wrap-around frame prevents peripheral light entering, 

for enhanced fish spotting. 

Frame/Lens colour: Gloss Black frames with Smoke 

Green, Amber or Yellow lenses. Weight: 18.5g. 

18007-1 Prestige 

’Over-Specs’ Matt 

Black/Smoke Green 

18006-1 Prestige Streamfisher 

Gloss Black/Smoke Green 

18007-2 Prestige ‘Over-Specs’ 

Matt Black/Amber 

18007 Prestige Over-Specs 

Designed for the angler who wears spectacles, these over-sized 

sunglasses fit neatly right over your existing glasses. The deep 

top frame ensures they sit clear of your glasses and together 

with the side lenses, prevent any top or peripheral light entering. 

Frame/Lens colour: Matt Black frames with either Smoke Green 

or Amber lenses. Weight: 37g. 

NON-POLARISED 

POLARISED 

Above: Trout visible with and without polarised lenses. 


Gloss Black/Amber 

Prestige Sports Sunglasses 


Gloss Black/Yellow 

Model Description Frame/Lens Colour Price 

18005-1 Prestige Gamefisher Matt Black/Smoke Green £25.99 S1444 

18005-2 Prestige Gamefisher Tortoiseshell/Amber £25.99 S1444 

18005-4 Prestige Gamefisher Tortoiseshell/Yellow £25.99 S1444 

18006-1 Prestige Streamfisher Gloss Black/Smoke Green £25.99 S1444 

18006-2 Prestige Streamfisher Gloss Black/Amber £25.99 S1444 

18006-4 Prestige Streamfisher Gloss Black/Yellow £25.99 S1444 

18007-1 Prestige Over-Specs Matt Black/Smoke Green £29.99 S1666 

18007-2 Prestige Over-Specs Matt Black/Amber £29.99 S1666 

66 



Classic Sunglasses 

A range of affordable sunglasses, offering what Snowbee is famous for – great quality 

and performance, coupled with outstanding value for money. 

With the Classic range, we’ve stripped away 

all unnecessary extras to allow us to offer top 

quality sunglasses at unbelievable prices! 

A basic range comprising four models, 

with a choice of traditional Retro 

frames, plus Open and Full-Frame 

wrap-arounds in different styles, so 

there is a model to suit every taste. 

Despite their competitive prices, the 

Classic range are made with lightweight 

polycarbonate frames fitted with the 

latest 1mm TAC (Tri-Acetate Cellulose) 

lenses, which offer outstanding, distortion-free, optical clarity. 

The polarising filters offer superb glare elimination, allowing 

you to spot fish better and follow their movements. 

Supplied in a simple, micro-fibre cleaning pouch for protection. 

All models are available in either Gloss Black frames with Smoke 

lenses, or Gloss Brown frames with Amber lenses. Model 18111 

also has a Mirror lens option. 

18032-2 Classic Open Frame - 

Brown frame, Amber lens 

18031-2 Classic Retro - 


18031 Classic Retro Sunglasses 

The Classic Retro models, offer a traditional style 

with a choice of frame and lens colours. Weight: 30g 

18032 Classic Open Frame Sunglasses 

The modern design of these close-fitting wrap-around sunglasses, 

coupled with the swept-back, sports lenses, offers the ultimate 

protection from peripheral light. Weight: 30g 

Reduced for 


18031-1 Classic Retro - 

Black frame, Smoke lens 

18032-1 Classic Open Frame - 


18111 Classic Sports Sunglasses 

The Classic Sports range is the ultimate Wrap-Around 

style and as close a fit as it’s possible to be. Coupled with 

the full-frame design, these models cut out virtually all 

peripheral light. This range also includes a Mirror Lens 

option, ideal for really bright light conditions. 

Neck lanyard included. Weight: 25g 

18033 Classic Full Frame Sunglasses 

A Full Frame design, which still retains the close-fitting, wrap around style, 

to help eliminate virtually all peripheral light. Weight: 25g. 

All Classic models come with a micro-fibre cleaning pouch (below). 

18033-2 Classic Full Frame - 


18111-2 Classic Sports - 

Black frame, Amber lens 

18033-1 Classic Full Frame - 





Black frame, Mirror lens 

Classic Sunglasses 

Model Description Frame Lens Price 

18031-1 Classic Retro Gloss Black Smoke £15.99 S888 

18031-2 Classic Retro Gloss Brown Amber £15.99 S888 

18032-1 Classic Open Frame Gloss Black Smoke £14.99 S833 

18032-2 Classic Open Frame Gloss Brown Amber £14.99 S833 

18033-1 Classic Full Frame Gloss Black Smoke £15.99 S888 

18033-2 Classic Full Frame Gloss Brown Amber £15.99 S888 

18111-1 Classic Sports Matt Black Smoke £15.99 S888 

18111-2 Classic Sports Matt Black Amber £15.99 S888 

18111-3 Classic Sports Matt Black Smoke Mirror £15.99 S888 


67


Sunglasses Accessories 

18063 Cap-Peak 

Clip-on Magnifiers 

18010 Clip-on Magnifiers 

Designed for the angler who only requires glasses for close-up 

work, the Clip-on Magnifiers will fit any sunglasses and come 

in the popular +2.5 magnification. A simple flip-up mechanism 

allows them to be flipped-up, under a cap peak, when not in use, 

where they are unobtrusive and virtually undetectable... out of 

the way until you need them. 

18010 Clip-on Magnifiers 

18009 Clip-on Sunglasses 

A more conventional design using a standard clip-on and flip-up mechanism. 

Available in a large lens size and in Smoke Green or Amber lens tint. 

When not required 

it simply flips under 

the peak! 

18063 Cap-Peak 

Clip-on Magnifiers 

Glasses or no glasses, this 

innovative device provides +2.5 

magnification for changing 

flies in any light conditions and 

dealing with fine tippets and 

knots. When not required it flips 

up under the peak of a cap, 

virtually undetectable. 

180091-L 

19432 Silicone Eyewear Retainer 

Two silicone rubber end tubes push onto almost any style of 

sunglass and grip firmly. Attached to these are twin stainless 

wires coated with silicone, and joined by two rubberised sliders, 

so the Retainer can be adjusted to fit any head size. Providing a 

firm fit behind the head, this ingenious accessory is suitable for 

any active sport where you need to keep sunglasses in place, 

and for any type of eyewear. 

Reduced for 


180092-L 

19434 Sunglass Neck Lanyard 

A simple lanyard design consisting of a braided cord, with two 

silicone rubber tubes on the end, which push easily onto any 

glasses and grip firmly. A rubber adjuster block can be slid up 

or down the lanyard to lock it in position. Never lose a pair of 

sunglasses again! 

Sunglasses Accessories 

Easy to clip on and 

flip up when not in use. 

Model Description Size Lens Colour Price 

18010 Clip-on Magnifiers Clear £14.99 S833 

180091-L Clip-on Sunglasses L Smoke £17.99 S999 

180092-L Clip-on Sunglasses L Amber £17.99 S999 

18063 Cap-Peak Clip-on Magnifiers Clear £14.99 S833 

19432 Silicone Eyewear Retainer £4.99 S277 

19434 Sunglass Neck Lanyard £4.99 S277 

68 



Ranger Folding Head Landing Nets 

A range of quality landing nets, with a size to match 

most fishing styles and at a great price! 

Our range of Ranger Folding Head Landing Nets comprises of three models 

to suit most fishing requirements. All share the same solid aluminium hinge 

mechanism, which combines light weight with rugged strength and a simple, 

efficient locking operation. Simply flick the net head open and a springloaded, 

sliding nylon collar locates every time into the hinge block, 

providing a rigid, reliable net frame. 

The tubular aluminium handles have strong, nylon belt/D-ring clips, plus non-slip 

foam grips. The lightweight, tubular aluminium frames support the knotless, rubber 

coated mesh bag, making these one of the most practical ranges 

of nets we’ve ever made. 

15131 Ranger 

Folding Head River 

Net – closed 

Reduced for 


15131 Ranger 

Folding Head 

River Net 

Reduced for 


Folding 

mechanism 

& belt clip 

15132-3 Ranger 

Folding Landing 

Net – extended 

15131 Ranger Folding 

Head River Net 

A great little net for river 

fishermen, when extended 

reach is not a necessity. 

This ultra-lightweight net 

will clip easily to a belt or 

rear D-ring, so can be 

un-clipped and 

deployed with 

one hand. 

Reduced for 


15132/15133 Ranger Bank & Boat Nets 

Two larger nets which are ideal for general river 

or stillwater fishing. The medium size makes 

a perfect small stillwater or river bank net, 

while the larger model doubles up as a river 

sea-trout net, or a perfect stillwater bank/ 

boat net, with its larger size capable of 

handling most sizes of fish you are likely 

to encounter. 

Both models have simple ‘twist-lock’ 

telescopic handles, which can be 

locked in any position, while the 

larger model features twin, non-slip 

foam handle grips and an extra-long 

telescopic handle for boat fishing. 

15133 Ranger 


Net 

15132 Ranger 


Net 

Ranger Folding Head Landing Nets 

Model Frame size Max length Folded Net depth Weight Price 

15131 18” x 15” 37” 20” 14” 385g £39.99 S2222 

15132 19” x 16½” 64½“ 26½” 15” 490g £44.99 S2499 

15133 24” x 18½” 80” 32” 24” 660g £54.99 S3055 


69


Folding Game, Salmon, Sea-Trout & Pike Nets 

15171 Folding Game Net with Rubber-Mesh 

Our folding game net works on the 'keep it simple' principle – the 

folding mechanism is totally fool-proof - nothing can go wrong! 

Constructed from lightweight, tubular aluminium, the entire net 

weighs just 590g/20.8oz. The large 23”x 19” teardrop frame has a 

20” deep, 16mm rubber-coated mesh to prevent hooks tangling 

and avoid that unpleasant fish smell during storage. The handle has 

a foam grip plus a stainless steel clip to attach to a belt or D-ring, 

allowing 'out of the way’ storage whilst fishing, 

but readily to hand when required. Makes 

an ideal sea-trout, salmon or reservoir 

trout net. Length overall 55”. 

Simple folding 

mechanism 

Easy as 1, 2, 3... a simple 

‘flick & twist’ action opens 

and deploys the net. 

1. 2. 

3. 

Reduced for 


15171 Folding 

Game Net closed 

The perfect 

salmon or large 

predator net. 

Folding Game & Salmon Net 

Model Length Folded Frame Net Depth Price 

15171 55” 32” 23” x 19” 20” £49.99 S2777 

15172 70” 42” 27” x 23” 28” £59.99 S3333 

15171-NET Replacement Rubber Mesh for 15171 net £14.99 S833 

15172-NET Replacement Rubber Mesh for 15172 net £15.99 S888 

15172 Folding 

Salmon/Pike 

Landing Net with 

Rubber-Mesh 

Two years ago we launched the 

smaller Folding Game Net. It soon 

became our top-selling landing net 

as anglers worldwide came to appreciate 

the simplicity of design. Soon after launch 

however, we started receiving requests 

from salmon and pike anglers for a larger 

model – so here it is! Working on exactly 

the same principle as its smaller brother 

– just scaled up, this model makes the 

perfect salmon or large predator net. 

The entire net weighs in at just 915g/32oz. 

The large 27”x 23” teardrop frame has a 

28” deep, 18mm rubber-coated mesh. 

Twin foam grips on the handle, plus a 

stainless belt clip, the extended handle 

provides an overall length of 70” for 

greater reach from both bank and boat. 

Reduced for 


70 



Rubber-Mesh Landing Nets 

& Magnetic Net Releases 

Our top-selling 3-in-1 Hand Trout Net and 

Boat & Bank Landing Net both use the latest generation of rubber 

mesh. The fine, hexagonal mesh has a rubber coating, which 

prevents it from absorbing water, so not only does it prevent the 

net from smelling of fish, but it completely dries, with just one 

shake. The rubber coating also prevents hook barbs catching in 

the mesh, which can be so annoying when you net a fish. 

15112 3-in-1 

Hand Trout Net 

Reduced for 


15112 3-in-1 Hand Trout Landing Net 

The D-section aluminium frame is ultra lightweight 

yet offers amazing strength and rigidity. Attached is a 

hexagonal Rubber-Mesh knotless net which has a flat 

bottom panel for the fish to lie in – ideal for catch & 

release as this design minimises scale damage. The net 

comes with two telescopic aluminium handles. The shorter 

model is only 12” (30cm) when closed, providing an ideal river Rubber-Mesh 

knotless net 

‘scoop’ net, particularly for competition fishing. It telescopes out to 

18” (46cm) for additional reach and fits within international competition rules 

for overall length. The second telescopic handle extends from a closed length 

of 25” (64cm) to a fully extended length of 45” (115cm), providing an ideal river bank 

or small stillwater net. Both handles are fitted with high-density foam grips. 

Frame size: 17.5” x 20” (45 x 51cm) 

We have Rubber Mesh 

replacement nets available 

separately. Not only will this allow 

existing owners of our landing nets 

to upgrade to Rubber-Mesh, but they 

will also fit most other makes of net. 

15112-NET Rubber-Mesh Net – to fit 

net frames up to 60” circumference. 

15113-NET Rubber-Mesh Net – to fit 

net frames up to 74” circumference. 

15113 Boat and Bank Landing Net 

A popular design for the boat angler. The teardrop shaped frame has a flat 

front section, to slide quickly under the fish to minimise fish lost at the net. 

The D-section aluminium is lightweight but remarkably rigid and strong, 

which together with the die-cast Y-piece, joins the frame to the handle. 

Reduced for 


Features 

l Brass screw joint allows head to be removed 

when travelling l Telescopic handle with 

twist-lock mechanism l Twin foam 

grips for comfort l Handle length 

can be set at any desired position 

l Elasticated lanyard with clip to 

attach to the boat l Makes an 

ideal salmon /sea-trout net, when 

a fixed frame is required 

l Green anodised frame to avoid 

spooking the fish l Hexagonal 

knotless rubber-mesh. 

19089 Landing Net Lanyard 

A simple lanyard and split ring that allows 

you to attach your hand landing net to a 

magnetic net release, by the frame rather 

than the handle, so the net handle points 

down to the side exactly where you need it. 

Size: Head 20” x 27” (51 x 69cm). 

Telescopic handle: 29” (74cm) to 53” (135cm) 

15113 Boat and 

Bank Landing Net 

Rubber-Mesh Landing Nets and Magnetic Net Releases 


15112 3-in-1 Hand Trout Net £55.99 S3111 

15113 Boat and Bank Landing Net £55.99 S3111 

15112-NET Replacement Rubber-Mesh Net £18.99 S1055 

15113-NET Replacement Rubber-Mesh Net £25.99 S1444 

19089 Landing Net Lanyard £3.49 S194 

19078 Heavy Duty Magnetic Net Release – 4kg £19.99 S1111 

19078 Magnetic Net Release 

This large Magnetic Net Release has an impressive magnet strength 

of 4kg, so is ideal for larger sea-trout or even smaller salmon nets. 

It comes with split rings for attachment and an elasticated cord to 

keep you connected. 


71


Telescopic/Folding Landing Nets 

The top-selling folding landing net offers a size range for 

all types of fishing. The smallest model makes an ideal 

river trout net, whilst the 15200 model will handle the 

largest rainbow any stillwater has to offer. 

EVA soft-grip handle 

Saltwater-resistant 

anodised aluminium 

Unique 'twist & 

lock' mechanism 

Quality die-cast 

aluminium frame hinge 

Stainless steel 

belt clip 

Glassfibre frame 

arms 

Detachable 

rubber tube 

allows easy net 

replacement 

Knotless nylon mesh 

Genuine one-hand 

operation allows you 

to deploy net whilst 

playing a fish. 

Glass fibre frame 

arms and moulded 

frame ends 

Unclip net from belt clip Flip net open Place foot on rubber 

tube and adjust handle 

Land fish single-handed 

Telescopic/Folding Range 

Model Length Folded Frame Net Price 

15000 43” 18” 14” x 16” 22” £39.99 S2222 

15010 51” 22” 16” x 18” 28” £42.99 S2388 

15020 59” 24” 18” x 20” 28” £44.99 S2499 

15030 70” 29” 20” x 22” 36” £52.99 S2944 

15190 70” 29” 21” x 22” 36” £55.99 S3111 

15200 79” 31” 24” x 25” 36” £59.99 S3333 

72 



Rubber-Mesh Hand Trout Nets 

A unique range featuring the latest USA-style, moulded 

synthetic rubber mesh for minimal scale 

damage when fishing ‘catch & release’. 

15115 Rubber-Mesh 

Hand Trout Net – Small 


The lightweight, tubular aluminium frame, offers 

strength and rigidity and this is fixed to a moulded 

nylon Y-piece, attached to the lightweight ABS 

plastic handle, with a non-slip, moulded finish. Into 

the end of the handle is fitted a strong magnetic 

release, which is in turn fitted to a moulded ring 

and aluminium carabiner, for convenient and 

quick release, when required. The 'rubber mesh' 

is a synthetic rubber, made from the latest, clear, 

moulded PVC, which is soft, lightweight and clear in 

the water, so as not to spook fish. Graduated mesh 

size to reduce water resistance. 


Hand Trout Net – Large 


Hand Trout Net – Medium 

Rubber-mesh net 

Available in a range of 3 popular sizes. The smallest is perfect for small stream & brook trout. The middle 

size is a great ‘all-round’ net, whilst the largest will handle big brown trout, plus sea-trout & grilse. 

15071/15172 Rubber-Mesh Wooden Frame Hand Trout Nets 

Made from laminated Red Meranti wood for strength and light weight. Available in two frame sizes 

to cover all requirements, from small wild brown trout in moorland streams, up to larger stocked 

brownies and grayling in the larger rivers. Both models are fitted with a fine 6mm rubber-coated 

mesh to avoid scale damage for catch and release, and also avoids unpleasant odour and hooks 

15072 

Wooden 

Frame Hand 

Trout net 

catching in the mesh. Fitted with a 

handle eye to which an elasticated 

lanyard and clip is attached. 

Magnet Net Release, 

built into the handle 

15071 

Wooden 

Frame Hand 

Trout net 

15090 Aluminium 

Frame Hand Trout Net 

Our black aluminium hand net features 

an ingenious ‘Bungee’ through the 

tubular frame, allowing netting of the 

fish without unclipping the net from your 

belt. ¾” knotless nylon net. 

15090 


Model Description Frame Size Length overall Net depth Weight Price 

15115 Rubber-Mesh Hand Trout Net – Small 15”x 12” (38 x 30cm) 25”/63cm 10”/26cm 305g/10.7oz £35.99 S1999 

15116 Rubber-Mesh Hand Trout Net – Medium 17”x 14” (43 x 35cm) 27”/68cm 11”/28cm 350g/12.3oz £39.99 S2222 

15117 Rubber-Mesh Hand Trout Net – Large 22”x 17” (56 x 44cm) 31”/79cm 12”/30cm 435g/15.3oz £44.99 S2499 

15115-NET Spare Rubber-Mesh for 15115 net 13–15mm mesh to fit nets up to 42“/107cm circumference £11.99 S666 



Wooden Frame Hand Trout Nets 

Model Size Net Depth Weight Price 

15071 22” overall length, hoop size 14” x 9” (35x23cm) 10” 217g/7.6oz £49.99 S2777 

15072 25”overall length, hoop size 18” x 13” (46x33cm) 13” 242g/8.5oz £49.99 S2777 

Aluminium Frame Hand Trout Net 

Model Size Price 

15090 20” overall length, hoop size 15” x 11” £22.99 S1277 

Knotless Mesh Nets 

15000.1 Knotless Net - Small £8.99 S499 

for nets up to 48” circumference (15000 + Hand Trout Nets) 

15010.1 Knotless Net - Medium £10.99 S611 

for nets up to 68" circumference (15010 to 15190, and 15121) 

15030.1 Knotless Net - Large £13.99 S777 

for nets up to 84" circumference (15200 and 15070) 

15120.1 Knotless Net - X-Large £14.99 S833 

for salmon nets up to 94” circumference (15120) 

All landing nets should 

use knotless net to 

prevent scale damage. 

Replacement Nets 

Knotless Nets With the increase in catch and release, all landing nets should 

use knotless net to prevent scale damage. A range of three sizes of high quality 

replacement nets in dark green, ¾” mesh knotless nylon. 

Replacement Salmon Nets The heavier gauge twine used in these nets is suitable 

for the largest of salmon while the larger 1½” mesh size gives less resistance in fast 

flowing rivers. Will fit any style net, including Gye Nets, up to 30” diameter. 


73


XS Travel Luggage 

This single, innovative bag will hold all you need for a two week fishing trip. 

The base compartment is designed to take travel rods up to 10' 4-pce or 16' 6-pce Salmon rods, plus a pair 

of wading boots, stockingfoot waders, reels, fly boxes and vest or wading jacket. The upper compartments 

have ample room for dry clothing, shoes etc. The best bit is that all this gear is safely concealed and 

the XS doesn’t look like a ‘fishing bag’ to rouse the interest of unscrupulous baggage handlers. 

Our XS model incorporates two lockable end compartments, but with flexible, over-sized 

nylon liners. This innovative design, allows the entire length of the bag to be used as the top 

compartment at the start of the trip, by pushing these flexible liners into the ends of the 

bag. Dirty clothing can be stored in these end compartments and the liners slowly 

extended into the main compartment area, keeping clean and dirty gear separated. 

Large, square 

opening flap entry to 

main compartment 

for easy loading 

Webbing carry handles 

with Velcro ‘handle-wrap’ 

for added comfort 

Pull-out handle 

for easy transportation 

and greater stability. 

16447 XS Travel Bag 

Our original XS Travel Bags travelled to just about 

every fishing destination around the world and 

withstood the rigours of international travel and 

rough baggage handling. When designing 

this model, we incorporated all the 

favourite features, plus a host of new 

innovations,to provide a new, more 

flexible range of bags, to cover 

all travel requirements. 

Separate, ‘flexible liner’ 

end compartments, to 

keep dirty clothes/gear 

separated from clean 

2-way lockable zips on all the main 

compartments for added security 

Tough rubber base 

skids to prevent chafe 

Base compartment 

reinforced with a 6mm 

thick impact resistant 

frame, to protect contents 

Tough rollerwheel 

system 

Features 

l Stand-up on end for 

convenience l Upper opens on a 

clamshell principle from the base with 

a 2-way zip closure l Waterproof base to 

main compartment to separate wet gear in 

the base from dry gear in the upper 

l Internal zipped mesh pockets to main 

and base compartments for accessories 

l 2 zipped side document pockets 

l Adjustable ‘cinch straps’ to prevent 

contents moving in transit l Weighs in at 

a class-leading 4.5kg to maximise gear 

and luggage capacity. 

Size overall: 37” x 13.5” x 14” high 

Base compartment (internal): 36” x 13” x 5” – Volume 40 litres 

Main compartment (internal): 26.5” x 13” x 7.5” – Volume 43 litres 

End compartments (internal): 6” x 13” x 7.5” (X2) – Volume 19 litres 

Overall volume: 102 litres Weight: 4.5kg 

Waterproof base of main compartment separates 

wet gear in the base from dry gear in the upper. 

74 



16448 XS ‘Stowaway’ Travel Case 

To complement our XS Travel Bag, we have developed the XS 

’Stowaway’ Travel Case. Fitting neatly into the base compartment 

of the Travel Bag, this makes the perfect 

addition to your travel luggage, 

providing a ‘day case’ to take 

with you once you reach your 

destination, with enough 

room for travel fly rods, reels, 

fly boxes and accessories. 

Don’t just view this innovative 

bag as an accessory to the 

Travel Bag. Before it even 

arrived, we had numerous 

pre-orders, from reservoir 

fisherman who agree this will 

make the ideal stillwater day-bag. 

One bag to carry all your rods, reels, 

fly-boxes, tippet and accessories. Store it under the 

cross thwarts in a boat for easy and instant access. 

It also makes an ideal competition companion. 

16448 XS ‘Stowaway’ 

Travel Case 

16448 XS ‘Stowaway’ 

Travel Case inside the 

Travel Bag 

Size overall: 36.5” x 10.2” x 5” high 

Base compartment (internal): 35.5” x 9.5” x 4.5” 

Volume: 25 litres Weight: 2.5kg 

Features 

l Carry handle, plus adjustable, removable 

shoulder strap l Sides of bag reinforced with 

a 6mm thick impact resistant frame, to protect 

contents l Tough rubber base skids to prevent 

chafe l 2-way lockable zip closure for security l 

Inner Velcro compatible liner, so internal dividers 

can be arranged as required l 3 zipped external 

pockets and 3 clear-view internal pockets for 

leaders etc l Weighs in at a class-leading 2.5kg 

to maximise gear and luggage capacity. 

Guaranteed 

Savings! 

Travel luggage deal 

*Offer applies to UK only. 

Buy the XS Travel Bag & 

XS Stowaway Travel Case together 

as a set and save over 10%* 

XS Travel Luggage 


16447 XS Travel Bag £189.99 S10556 

16448 XS ‘Stowaway’ Travel Case £99.99 S5555 

16447/8 XS Travel Bag + ‘Stowaway’ Travel Case £259.99 S14445 


75


Snowbee Boston Bags 

These retro-styled bags make the ideal sports or overnight bag. 

Snowbee originally manufactured these bags, over 20 years ago as part of their 

popular golf range. Our MD has personally been using them for all that time, 

with the black model as a sports bag and the 2-tone model as an overnight bag. 

Having used them regularly for over 20 years, his original bags are still going strong – 

testament to the quality of both the materials and construction of these unique, premium 

quality bags. With the increasing popularity of retro-styled bags, we felt it was time to 

re-introduce them. Both models feature a large, zipped main compartment, with 

comfortable grip handles. Below this is a clamshell-design, zipped lower 

compartment ideal for sports shoes, trainers, wash bag etc. 

GB28BA01-BK Boston Overnight/ 

Sports Bag 

Manufactured in a soft, supple, black fauxleather 

material, with a natural ‘grain effect’ 

surface, you would be hard pushed to 

tell this from genuine leather – but at a 

fraction of the cost and weight! 

This model makes an ideal sports bag 

for all kinds of sports; an equally 

good gym bag or a perfect overnight 

bag for those extended fishing trips. 

The main compartment also has an 

internal flap pocket for accessories. 

Main compartment: 

17” (43cm) long x 9” (23cm) wide x 10” (26cm) high 

Bottom compartment: 

17” (43cm) long x 9” (23cm) wide x 3” (8cm) high 

Overall: 17” (43cm) long x 9” (23cm) wide x 13” (33cm) high 

Colour: Black 

Reduced for 


Both bags feature bronze effect 2-way 

zips, with hard plastic protector feet 

on the base, plus our traditional, 

embroidered Snowbee crest and a 

quality metal Snowbee logo badge on 

the 2-tone model, for a truly 'retro' look. 

GB28BA02-TN/OG Boston Overnight/Sports Bag 

This model is slightly larger and is manufactured in a quality, heavy duty 

polyester material, in light olive green, with the base compartment, trim 

and handles in soft, tan faux-leather material, with a natural ‘grain effect’ 

surface. There is an outside pouch pocket behind the front trim of the bag, 

useful for tucking away tickets, mobile phone, or anything you might need 

in a hurry. 

Main compartment: 20” (51cm) long x 11” (28cm) wide x 10” (26cm) high 

Bottom compartment: 20” (51cm) long x 11” (28cm) wide x 3.5” (9cm) high 

Overall: 17” (43cm) long x 9” (23cm) wide x 13” (33cm) high 

Colour: 2-Tone Tan/Olive Green 

Reduced for 


Boston Overnight/Sports Bag 


GB28BA01-BK Boston Overnight/Sports Bag £64.99 S3611 

GB28BA02-TN/OG Boston Overnight/Sports Bag £64.99 S3611 

76 



Snowbee XS Bank & Boat Bags 

The Snowbee XS Bank and Boat Bags lead the 

field, offering hobby and competition anglers 

simply the best available. 

Our range, relaunched in 2018, retains all the innovative design 

features of earlier models, plus more. Made from our tough 600D 

polyester material with a PVC laminated backing to ensure the material 

is 100% waterproof. A one-piece moulded base ensures they remain 

dry, even if sitting in water. 

The four removable Velcro dividers to the main compartment 

can be arranged to provide anything from one, to five separate 

compartments, for total flexibility and providing adequate 

storage for all your fishing needs. Plus there is space 

above the dividers for large fly boxes. Remove all the 

dividers to give just one enormous compartment. 

These bags also make superb travel or overnight 

luggage. 

Reversed zips to 

keep rain out 

Aztec embroidered 

zip pull-tabs 

Front box pocket, with full 

length front zipped compartment 

Removable, adjustable 

shoulder strap 

Foam padded carry handle 

Main flap cover, 

with zipped mesh 

pockets under lid 

Large main 

compartment, with 

adjustable Velcro 

dividers 

Sides of bags stiffened 

for extra support 

2 end box pockets 

with zipped mesh 

outer pockets 

Priest pocket 

Front Velcro pads, 

to hold lid shut 

One-piece, moulded 

waterproof base 

Olive Green/Black 

Overall Main Compartment Weight 

Medium: 19” x 12.5” x 12” high 14” x 10” x 12” high 1.55kg 

Large: 24” x 16.5” x 14” high 18” x 14” x 14” high 2.14kg 

16216 XS Bank/Boat 

Bag – Large 

16215 XS Bank/ 

Boat Bag – Medium 

Snowbee XS Bank & Boat Bags 


16215 XS Bank & Boat Bag – Medium £87.99 S4889 

16216 XS Bank & Boat Bag – Large £99.99 S5555 



Trout & Accessory Bags 

A range of travel and accessory cases 

for protection and convenience. 

16220 Prestige Trout 

Bag – Small 


Trout Bag – Large 

16294 Snowbee Slingbag 

Offering the roving fly and lure fisherman the convenience of a rucksack 

without the movement restrictions imposed by twin shoulder straps. 

The Slingbag sits comfortably on your back supported by one diagonal 

shoulder strap. It leaves your casting arm completely unrestricted, and 

when you want to access the bag, you don’t have to take it off. Simply 

unclip the side strap, sliding the bag 

around to the front. The pockets are 

cleverly designed to now be facing 

upwards for easy access. 

Overall size: 42 x 24 x 18cm 

Main compartment: 28 x 24 x 13cm 

Colour: Olive Green/Black 

Classic Trout Bags 

16210 Prestige Trout Bag – Large 

Traditional style trout bag with a large interior compartment 

and removable, washable inner liner. On the front are two 

large bellows pockets with press-stud flap 

closures. Olive green/black. 

16220 Prestige Trout Bag – Small 

Large interior with a stiffened base and 2 rear pockets. 2 front pouch 

pockets, plus 3 small accessory pockets with Velcro flaps. Side flap pocket 

with Velcro closure one side and priest pocket the other. Olive green/black. 

l 600D nylon material with laminated PVC backing l Practical designs 

with pockets where you need them l Zipped main compartments plus 

cover flaps for rain protection l Quick release plastic clips on main flap 

l Adjustable webbing shoulder straps l Light olive/black 

l 16203 Large has an elasticated mesh pocket each end for water bottle, flask 

or accessories l 16202 Medium has a front full 

width, elasticated mesh ‘game pocket’. 

16201 Classic 

Trout Bag – Small 

16203 Classic 

Trout Bag – Large 

16202 Classic 

Trout Bag – Medium 

Trout and Accessory Bags 

Model Description Overall size Price 

16220 Prestige Trout Bag – S 11” x 7” x 10” high £32.99 S1833 

16210 Prestige Trout Bag – L 15” x 5” x 13” high £34.99 S1944 

16201 Classic Trout Bag – S 11” x 6” x 10” high £18.99 S1055 

16202 Classic Trout Bag – M 13” x 5” x 10” high £19.99 S1111 

16203 Classic Trout Bag – L 16” x 6” x 13” high £24.99 S1388 

16294 Slingbag £72.99 S4055 

19380 Leader Wallet £10.49 S583 

19380B Leader Wallet Insert Bags £2.49 S138 

19022 Neoprene Reel Bag Small £6.99 S388 

19023 Neoprene Reel Bag Medium £6.99 S388 

19024 Neoprene Reel Bag Large £6.99 S388 

Neoprene Reel Bags 

Offering protection to your reels at a great price! 

The Velcro flap can be closed in place, even with 

the reel attached to a rod, offering protection 

when travelling. Comes in 3 sizes: Small – for reels 

up to 3” diameter, Medium – for reels up to 3.75” 

diameter, Large – for reels up 4.5” diameter. 

19380 Leader Wallet 

A folding wallet containing a set of 10 heavy-duty, 

clear minigrip bags, to hold all your different 

leaders. The polybags are removable and available 

separately, so different sets of leaders can be stored 

in each bag and placed in the wallet when required. 

Two open-top mesh pockets allow licences and 

other accessories to be stored safely. 

78 



16200 Chest Wader Bag 

Our ingenious Chest Wader Bag is a must for any fishing trip, as it will ‘swallow’ chest waders, boots, clothing 

and tackle. A mesh panel in the lid allows damp waders to dry naturally. On the side, is a roll-out, waterproof 

changing mat so you can step out of your waders onto a dry surface, avoiding soggy socks or punctures. 

The adjustable shoulder strap has reversed clips, so that it can be used as a Wading Belt. A nylon divider flap 

inside the bag separates muddy wading boots from your clothing. 

Size: 16"x 16" x 7" Dark Olive. 

16206 Reel Brief 

Flexible storage to protect your fly reels. Made from hardwearing, 

lightweight 840D Rip-Stop polyester material in an 

attractive 2-tone sage green. The stiffened lid, base and sides 

offer additional protection, while the 2-way zip allows easy 

access. The inside is lined with Velcro compatible lining, so the 

8 internal dividers can be arranged in any permutation. Holds 

up to 10 large salmon or saltwater fly reels/spare spools/ 

accessories. Padded carry handle, plus adjustable shoulder 

strap. Size: 37 x 27 x 16cm. 

16200 Chest 

Wader Bag open 

XS Travel Fly Rod/Reel Cases 

Offering the travelling angler convenience and protection for their fly rods 

and reels. In single and double tube models, both are 35” long to take 10' 6" 

4-pce rods and even an 11' at a squeeze! Tough PVC tubes are covered with 

a heavy-duty polyester Cordura material with fleece lined inner dividers to 

separate and protect the blank sections. Padded, zipped reel compartments 

allow the rods to be stored with fly reels attached for ease when travelling, 

and the double tube has a 2-way, lockable zip for security. 

16450 XS Travel Fly Rod/ 

Reel Case – Double 

19005 Neoprene Spool Tenders / 

Rod Straps 

Simple Neoprene straps which wrap around your spare 

spools and reels to keep leaders and fly lines in place 

and prevent tangling. The Velcro compatible outer lining 

allows them to close at any point, so they will fit any spool 

size, with a neat pull tab to remove. Size: 12”x ¾” 


16449 XS Travel Fly Rod/ 

Reel Case – Single 

16200 Chest Wader Bag £49.99 S2777 

16206 Reel Brief £37.99 S2111 

19005 Spool Tenders/Rod Straps 12”x ¾” £5.99 S333 

Snowbee XS Travel Fly Rod/Reel Cases 

Model Size Dimensions Weight Price 

16449 Single 63mm x 880mm 740g £44.99 S2499 

16450 Double 2 x 63mm x 880mm 1380g £74.99 S4166 

10122 Travel Rod Tube 

Polyester Oxford Covered Rod Tubes 

In a range of lengths and diameters our Rod Tubes offer protection for all 

types of rods, from 2-pce fly rods to 4-pce salmon and spinning rods. 

l Crush-proof inner PVC tube l Nylon inner lining with foam end pads 

l Quality polyester ‘Oxford’ cloth outer in dark olive green l Plastic end-caps for 

added protection l Snowbee logo embroidery l The 7.5cm tube diameters will 

take salmon and spinning rods or 2-3 trout rods nose to tail. 

Rod Tubes 

Model Length/diameter For rod lengths Price 

10105 80cm x 6cm up to 9' 4-pce £26.99 S1499 

10108 100cm x 6cm 9' 3-pce £29.99 S1666 

10109 110cm x 6cm 10' 3-pce £29.99 S1666 

10110 80cm x 7.5cm 9' 4-pce £31.99 S1777 

10111 116cm x 7.5cm 14' 4-pce £37.99 S2111 

10122 83cm x 11cm up to 6 x 9’6” 4-pce £39.99 S2222 



Wet & Dry-Sacks, Bass Bags and Accessories 

19428-M/L Rubber-Mesh Bass Bags 

The popular range follows our well proven design but is made from ‘Rubber Mesh’. This fine, 

hexagonal mesh has a rubber coating, so not only does it prevent the net from retaining a fish 

smell, but it also completely dries, with just one shake. The strong webbing carrying handles 

continue right under the net bag, for additional strength and there is a zip top to retain the 

fish. Keep the catch fresh during the day’s fishing by pegging it in the water, or using our 

innovative Bass Bag Lanyard, when boat fishing. 

19428-M Medium 20” x 18” 19428-L Large 24” x 20” 

19429/30 Wet-Sacks 

We all have the same problem, or what to do with a slimy, dripping 

bag of fish at the end of the day! The new, improved designs use a 

heavy-duty 500g/m 2 laminated PVC/Nylon/PVC material, which is 

100% waterproof. All seams are heat-welded and the top zips are 

water-resistant, making these new bags as watertight as it’s possible to 

be! The smaller size is ideal for a bass-bag full of fish, while the larger 

model will swallow boots, waders and landing nets. Just drop your 

bass bag of fish, or wet waders, landing net or clothing into the 

Wet Sack, zip it up and keep the car clean and dry on the way home! 

Features strong, reinforced nylon webbing carry handles. 

Sizes: 19430 Small 21”x 24” 19429 Large 24”x 31” 

Colour: Dark Olive 

19435 Bass Bag Lanyard 

We all drop the handles of our bass bags over the 

rowlock, which means getting up each time you 

land a fish, to put them in the bag. With our lanyard 

simply pass the end of it under the boat thwart, pass 

the clip end through the loop and adjust the length 

so the hook is just over the boat’s gunwhale. Clip 

on your bass bag, which is now right in front of you, 

within easy reach. 

19427 Dry-Sacks 

Using the same tough material as our Wet-Sacks, our Dry-Sacks are 

designed for the opposite purpose – rather than keeping the wet in, these 

keep the wet out! All three models feature a stiffened, reinforced top 

band, which can be rolled down and clipped together to provide a 100% 

waterproof, airtight bag. Fitted with D-rings each side 

onto which are clipped adjustable carry-straps – a 

single shoulder strap on the small model & twin straps 

on the medium and large, so they can be worn as a 

rucksack. Colour: Dark Olive 

19427-10 Small: 10 litre. 8"diam x 15" high. 230g 

19427-30 Medium: 30 litre. 10"diam x 19" high. 390g 

19427-60 Large: 60 litre. 12"diam x 21" high. 495g 

Wet & Dry-Sacks, Bass Bags & Accessories 


19428-M Rubber-Mesh Bass Bag - Medium £13.99 S777 

19428-L Rubber-Mesh Bass Bag - Large £15.99 S888 

19435 Bass Bag Lanyard £5.99 S333 

19430 Wet-Sack - Small £19.99 S1111 

19429 Wet-Sack - Large £24.99 S1388 

19427-10 Dry-Sack - Small £10.99 S611 

19427-30 Dry-Sack - Medium £16.99 S944 

19427-60 Dry-Sack - Large £31.99 S1777 

19427X3 Dry-Sack - all 3 models £47.99 S2666 

80 



Wader Repair & Adhesives 

Our range of Stormsure products covers every possible type of 

wader, boot and clothing repair or adhesive application. 

SST Stormsure Adhesive 

The original adhesive and sealant for 

all types of repair in waders, boots and 

just about anything else you can think 

of. Over the years we have used this for 

just about every type of repair you can 

imagine! If you step on your fly line and 

take a ‘nick’ out of it, you can repair it with Stormsure. 

Use it for any type of wader or clothing repair including cuts, 

punctures or seam leaks. Will also repair punctures on float tubes etc. We even use this to re-stick 

felt soles that have come loose and found it to be the most effective adhesive for this. In fact, we 

have yet to find a sealing or gluing application that can’t be covered by Stormsure! 

Available in either 1 x 15g, or 3 x 5g tubes for those smaller jobs. Now supplied with a pair of plastic 

gloves for convenience. A useful tip is to store it in the freezer once opened, to extend its life. 

SST-BWR Stormsure Boot, 

Shoe & Wader Repair Kit 

A convenient repair kit for all types of 

waders or boots. Kit contains 2 x 75mm 

Tuff patches, a 5ml tube of Stormsure 

adhesive, protective gloves and 

instructions. Suitable for just about 

all repair applications. 

Stormsure Tuff-Tape Kits 

Stormsure Tuff-Tape is one of those products that 

once you try it, you don’t know how you ever did 

without it! The kits consist of a selection of shapes 

and sizes of tough, self-adhesive, clear PVC 

patches, providing quick and easy repair 

to waders, jackets, boots etc. Sticks to just 

about anything, even when wet! This means 

that if you accidentally cut or puncture your 

waders, you can apply a Tuff-Tape patch, even 

to wet waders, to get you back fishing, until 

you can make a more permanent repair using 

Stormsure adhesive. 

SST-TT6 Stormsure 

Tuff-Tape Kit (6 patches) 

Kit contains 4 x 2cm and 1 x 5cm 

diameter patches, plus 1 x 8.4 x 2.8cm 

rectangular patch. 

SST-TT12 Stormsure 

Tuff-Tape Kit (12 patches) 

The same as the 6-Patch Kit, but with 

a larger selection of patches for longer 

tears or seam leaks. 

2 x 7.8 x 4.5cm, 2 x 16.5 x 2.2cm, 

2 x 4.5 x 4.5cm, 4 x 2 x 4cm, 

1 x 9.2 x 2.5cm and 1 x 9.2 x 4cm 

patches. 

Wader Repair and Adhesives 

SST-SP250 Stormsure 

Stormproof DWR Spray 

This water based, air-dry proofer and reproofing 

spray is easy and quick to use and 

requires no ‘pre or post treatment’. Just clean 

the fabric of any dirt or mud, apply and allow 

to dry. Turns any fabric waterproof by applying 

a DWR (Durable Water Repellent) coating to 

the surface. Ideal for re-proofing any garment, 

waders, tent, bivvy or umbrella which has 

To increase water repelling 

properties, gently heat or 

warm during drying with a 

hairdryer. 


SST-15 Stormsure Clear Adhesive 1 x 15g £9.99 S555 

SST-3/5 Stormsure Clear Adhesive 3 x 5g £9.99 S555 

SST-BWR Stormsure Boot & Wader Repair Kit £8.99 S499 

SST-TT6 Stormsure Tuff-Tape Kit - 6 patches £5.99 S333 

SST-TT12 Stormsure Tuff-Tape Kit - 12 patches £9.99 S555 

SST-SP250 Stormsure Stormproof DWR Spray 250ml £11.99 S666 


81


Prestige Vice 

Our Prestige vice sets new standards in quality, function and value for money! 

19068 Prestige Vices 

CNC machined from 6061 grade aircraft aluminium, 

the in-line 360° rotating head allows for easy fly 

inspection and trimming. This facility can be locked 

by means of the main head screw. 

The high-carbon steel jaws are hardened to Rockwell C 

58-60 and can hold any size of hook firmly, right up to 

size 6/0 saltwater hooks. Operated by a simple ‘oneoperation’ 

cam-lever, for quick, easy hook placement. 

The ‘tilt’ angle of the head is fully adjustable and a 

material spring is supplied as standard. Available in a 

Clamp and Pedestal version, with either base available 

separately as an optional extra. Supplied in a neat, zipup 

case, with elasticated straps for all the components, 

plus tools in the lid and there is room for both bases, 

should you choose to buy both. 

The in-line rotating 

head allows for 

easy fly inspection 

and trimming. 

Reduced for 


Comes complete with a zip-up case, with 

elasticated straps for all the components. 

Snowbee Prestige Vice 


19068 Prestige Clamp Vice with Case £79.99 S4444 

19069 Prestige Pedestal Vice with Case £99.99 S5555 

19068-CB Clamp Base for Prestige Vice £19.99 S1111 

19069-PB Pedestal Base for Prestige Vice £34.99 S1944 

All vices come with a purpose 

designed carrying bag, allen key 

adjuster tools, full instructions and 

a 5 year manufacturer’s warranty. 

Replacement jaws are available separately. 

82 



Fly-Mate Vices 

Quality vices for everyone from newcomers 

to fly-tying to advanced tiers. 

19064 Fly-Mate Vices 

The Danish design of this premium range of Fly Tying Vices is second-to-none, 

representing excellent value for money when you compare the quality and features 

with other vices on the market. Superbly engineered from high quality steel and aircraft 

aluminium, the jaws are made from specially hardened, high alloy tool steel. 

The Fly-Mate Vices feature a rotational facility which, combined with the cranked jaws shaft, 

ensures that, when rotated, the shank of the hook turns around its own axis. Parallel clamping of 

the hook, by means of the 2 jaw clamp screws, ensures secure grip of any hook size from #24 to 

8/0. The jaws come with a 5 year warranty. 

19066 Fly-Mate Pedestal 

Vice Standard 

19067 Fly-Mate 

Pedestal Vice with 

Ball Joint 

Optional extra for 

Fly-mate Vices 

Available in desk Clamp 

style or Pedestal models, an 

optional extra is a patented 

ball joint on the vice shaft. 

This gives movement 

in all planes, which 

coupled with the 

360° rotation facility 

allows viewing 

of the fly from 

all angles during 

tying. This facility 

can be particularly 

useful when tying 

very small dry flies or 

when using Epoxy resin for 

Buzzers or Saltwater flies. The 

ball joint allows unlimited 

movement, so the Epoxy can 

be accurately ‘run’ into the 

required shape, while it sets. 

19064 Fly-Mate 

Clamp Vice Standard 

19065 Fly-Mate Clamp 

Vice with Ball Joint 

14759 Fly Tying Display Set 

Our new Fly Tying Display Set provides the ideal accessory for the serious fly 

tier. Consisting of a double-sided, clear ABS plastic box with foam liners both 

sides. One side has a slit-foam with slots for up to 115 flies, while the other 

side holds 10, colour-coded fly hook and hackle pliers. There are round holes 

on both sides, into which the hackle pliers sit, making the ideal fly drying and 

display set. Size: 13 x 12.5 x 2.3cm 

Snowbee Fly-Mate Vices 

14759 Fly Tying Display Set Reduced for 



19064 Fly-Mate Clamp Vice – Standard £64.99 S3611 

19065 Fly-Mate Clamp Vice – with Ball Joint £73.99 S4111 

19066 Fly-Mate Pedestal Vice – Standard £79.99 S4444 

19067 Fly-Mate Pedestal Vice – with Ball Joint £94.99 S5278 

14759 Fly Tying Display Set £12.99 S722 



Fly Selections 

A unique and exclusive choice of fly selections, largely 

designed and compiled from the most popular modern day 

patterns by our own Simon Kidd, in conjunction with World 

Fly Fishing Champion Iain Barr, plus a couple of traditional 

fresh and saltwater patterns from Russ Symons. Throughout 

the range we have incorporated the very latest materials and 

colour options available today and also covered more fly fishing 

applications than ever before, including a superb new range of 

classic barbless flies. Each selection contains flies chosen exclusively 

for a wide variety of waters and tested by some of the top anglers 

in fly fishing. You can fish these patterns with complete confidence 

knowing that they both look good and will catch fish! 

SF100 

SF102 

Stillwater Nymphs, Lures and Dries 

These flies range from the natural style, with optimum presentation in mind, 

to the extremely simple and wildly successful modern and often simple flies of 

today. Plenty of choice for large and small stillwaters, with some great, 

‘must-have’ patterns for the new season. 

Who wouldn’t be without a lethal snake pattern today, where permitted, 

plus a great additional choice of Electric Damsels and the best of weighted, 

mobile marabou lures? Whether nymph and lure fishing, early season buzzer, 

or highly visual dries, there are plenty of magnificent ‘7’s to choose from. For 

floating or subsurface there are lots of thoroughly effective patterns and all 

on only the best of hooks either Barbed or Barbless, as listed. For a choice 

of flies never to leave home without, 

you need look no further! Most of the 

Stillwater patterns are un-weighted but 

some have added weight for optimum 

movement and depth control but all 

SF126 Quill Buzzers 

possess that extra ‘X Factor’ to bring 

success when delivered properly. 

SF103 SF104 SF105 SF106 

SF107 

SF108 

SF110 

SF113 

SF115 SF116 SF118 SF120 

SF122 SF123 SF124 SF125 

SF126 SF127 SF128 

SF129 SF130 SF131 SF132 SF135 

River Flies 

A compact assortment of prime river selections in both dry 

and nymph option and assortment of sizes, weights and 

designs. Each card includes some of the best competition 

patterns available and designed for trout and grayling in 

particular. Many represent natural insect and river fauna in 

the various stages of life cycle, including some tied using 

the increasingly popular style of jig hooks for better and 

more snag-free presentation. 

SF200 SF201 SF202 

SF201 Mayflies 

SF202 River 

Nymphs 

84 



NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

NEW 

SF138 

Sugar Candies 

SF136 Red Hot Dries 

SF136 

SF137 

SF138 

SF139 

SF140 

SF141 

SF206 

New Barbless Flies 

7 carded selections of the best new barbless patterns on the market today. Perfect for quick and easy release but tied on great hooks, 

that won’t let you down and will quickly become favourites for sure. Ideal for competitions and proper, efficient catch and release. 

Sea Trout, Salmon and Surf 

These selections offer a range of popular designs in a choice of effective 

patterns, in a mix of drab and striking effective colours to stimulate the wiliest 

of big, wild fish. The salmon singles are tied on a selection of traditional black 

and modern nickel silver hooks. The sea trout patterns need no introduction 

being simple, popular traditional patterns with a card containing stinger and 

wake flies, which, when testing, accounted for some great fishing and all have 

a unique habit of going savagely ‘bump’ in the night! 

Saltwater / Predator 

Our Saltwater/Predator selections offer the predator and 

destination fisher a great range of creations to tempt any 

predatory fish from jacks and snappers to hard fighting bass, pollack 

and pike; some of the hardest, most aggressive fighting fish there are. 

Be ready to ‘hang-on’ though as our predator patterns, tied from modern 

synthetics for light casting, might just be about to catch a toothy critter 

more than you bargained for! 

SF300 SF301 SF304 SF305 

SF400 

SF401 

Stillwater & General Selections 

Model Description No. of flies Price 

SF100 Buzzers 7 £8.99 S499 

SF102 Diawl Bachs 7 £8.99 S499 

SF103 Crunchers 7 £8.99 S499 

SF104 Hare’s Ears 7 £8.99 S499 

SF105 Gold Head Nymphs 7 £8.99 S499 

SF106 Pheasant Tails 7 £8.99 S499 

SF107 Montanas (Weighted) 7 £9.99 S555 

SF108 Essential Damsels 7 £9.99 S555 

SF110 Irish Lough Wets 7 £9.99 S555 

SF113 Boobies 7 £9.99 S555 

SF115 Gold Head Daddies 7 £9.99 S555 

SF116 Dry Daddies 7 £9.99 S555 

SF118 Black Magic Dries 7 £9.99 S555 

SF120 Fry Frenzy 7 £9.99 S555 

SF122 Small Water Favourites 7 £9.99 S555 

SF123 Mini FAB's & Blobs 7 £9.99 S555 

SF124 Infallible (Reservoir) Buzzers 7 £9.99 S555 

SF125 Muskin Buzzers 7 £8.99 S499 

SF126 Quill Buzzers 7 £8.99 S499 

SF127 CDC Owls 7 £9.99 S555 

SF128 Midas Magicians 7 £9.99 S555 

SF129 Cats and Dogs 7 £9.99 S555 

SF130 Electric Damsels 7 £9.99 S555 

SF131 Snake Eyes 4 £9.99 S555 

SF132 Snake Eye Boobies 4 £9.99 S555 

SF135 Deadly Damsels 6 £9.99 S555 

River Selection - Barbed 

SF200 River Dries 7 £9.99 S555 

SF201 Mayflies 6 £9.99 S555 

SF202 River Nymphs 6 £9.99 S555 

New Barbless Flies 

SF136 Red Hot Dries 7 £9.99 S555 

SF137 Deadly Foam Daddies 7 £9.99 S555 

SF138 Sugar Candies 7 £9.99 S555 

SF139 Magnificent Seven 7 £9.99 S555 

SF140 7 Deadly Damsels 7 £9.99 S555 

SF141 Secret 7 Nymphs 7 £9.99 S555 

SF206 Barbless Jigs 5 £9.99 S555 

Sea Trout, Salmon & Surf 

SF300 Sea Trout Hunter 5 £9.99 S555 

SF301 Night Raider Sea Trout 7 £9.99 S555 

SF304 Salmon Flame Singles 6 £11.99 S666 

Saltwater/Predator 

SF305 Bass Hunters 5 £10.99 S611 

SF400 Bait Fish Specials 4 £9.99 S555 

SF401 Surf Deceivers 6 £11.99 S666 

Snowbee ‘Ogden’s’ Fly Floatant and 

Tippet & Fly Sinkant 

For 2023, we are introducing what have been widely 

described as the 'best fly floatant & sinkant on the 

market!' Manufactured for us by the Ogden family in 

Lancashire, these two new products are truly exceptional. 

The Dry Fly Floatant is an inert, silicone based, nontoxic, 

hydrophobic formulation, with a high viscosity for 

easy application. A single application prevents hackles 

getting waterlogged and keeps dries floating high, with low surface slick. 

The ingredients for the new Sinkant are derived from natural plant-based 

resources. When applied to sub-surface flies and tippets it will help them cut 

though the surface tension in difficult, flat calm conditions. 


SFF Snowbee Fly Floatant – 15ml bottle £6.99 S388 

STFS Snowbee Tippet & Fly Sinkant – 15ml bottle £6.99 S388 



‘Easy-Vue’ Waterproof & Centre Leaf Fly Boxes 

Tough body mouldings provide strength and 

crack resistance, while the double hinges allow 

the lids to fold to 180 o for easier access. 

The double-sided design maximises storage 

capacity for the space used and has a silicon 

rubber seal all around to keep your valuable 

flies dry. All our boxes feature a white 

back-card onto which the ethafoam liners 

are mounted, so flies show up more clearly 

for easier fly selection. 

Quick and easy fly 

selection at a glance with our 

transparent ABS lids. 

14743 ‘Easy-Vue’ 

Waterproof Fly Box - Large 


Waterproof Fly Box - Medium 

14741/2/3 ‘Easy-Vue’ 

Waterproof Fly Boxes 

Our ‘Easy-Vue’ range provides flexible fly storage 

in a range of sizes for all requirements. Fitted with 

Micro-slit, high density ethafoam liners, which hold 

all sizes of flies easily and securely with ample depth 

under the lids for all sizes of flies. 

Transparent ABS lids allow the 

contents to be seen at a glance 

for quick, easy fly selection. 


Waterproof Fly Box - Small 

The small model comes with a neck lanyard, making it ideal 

for the roving or river angler who likes to travel light, and 

holds an impressive 136 flies – ideal for small river dries 

and nymphs. The medium and large size boxes hold up to 

220 and 288 flies respectively, making them ideal for the 

stillwater or reservoir angler. 

14738/9 ‘Easy-Vue’ 

Competition Fly Boxes 

In 2015 we extended the popular 

‘Easy-Vue’ range with the addition of 

two larger, double-sided Competition 

models. Aimed squarely at the 

competition fly fisher or serious fly 

tier, who wants large capacity, in one 

box, easily accessible. Both models 

are fitted with our popular slit-foam 

design in light grey with white 

background, which coupled with 

the clear lids, allows for clear, quick 

fly identification. The smaller model 

has 9 rows of fly foam each side 

and holds up to 562 flies. The larger 

model has 11 rows of fly foam each 

side and holds up to 708 flies. 


Competition Fly Box, Medium 


Competition Fly Box, Large 

'Easy Vue' Waterproof & Competition Fly Boxes 


14741 ‘Easy-Vue’ Waterproof Fly Box – S 3.8” x 2.8” x 1.4” £12.99 S722 

14742 ‘Easy-Vue’ Waterproof Fly Box – M 4.9” x 3.6” x 1.4” £15.99 S888 

14743 ‘Easy-Vue’ Waterproof Fly Box – L 6.1” x 4.2” x 1.7” £16.99 S944 

14738 ‘Easy-Vue’ Competition Fly Box – M 9” x 6.5” x 1.75” £35.99 S1999 

14739 ‘Easy-Vue’ Competition Fly Box – L 11.75” x 8.5” x 2.3” £45.99 S2555 

86 



14730 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone-Foam Fly Boxes 

Our Hi-Grip Silicone foam is now available in a double-sided 

version in the 'Easy-Vue' range. This high-density silicone foam 

provides the ultimate grip for all flies and will not damage with 

repeated hook insertion and removal. 

Available in Small, Medium and Large sizes. 

14757 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - Large 

14730 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - Small 

14731 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - Medium 

14762 Waterproof Salmon/Saltwater/Lure Box 

This innovative fly/lure box covers a multitude of uses. Moulded in tough, crackproof 

ABS plastic, with a clear lid for easy fly identification. Single-sided to allow it to 

accommodate deep flies, it is fitted with a long-slit ethafoam base making it ideal for 

large salmon, pike and saltwater flies, but equally suitable for small spinners such as 

‘Flying-C’s’ or Mepps. There are 11 rows of 4 x 1” slots, providing plenty of storage space. 

A simple spring latch mechanism holds the lid securely when closed. Weight: 97g/3½ oz. 

14762 Waterproof 

Salmon/Saltwater/ 

Lure Box 

Ideal for large salmon, pike 

and saltwater flies, but equally 

suitable for small spinners such 

as ‘Flying-C’s’ or Mepps. 

14744 Centre Leaf 

Fly Box, Large 

14745 Centre 

Leaf Fly Box, X-Large 

14744/5 Centre Leaf Fly Boxes 

Our waterproof Centre Leaf Fly Boxes really do maximise 

available storage space. The removable centre swing-leaf, 

hinges to give easy access to both sides, providing 

4-sided fly storage in one box. The centre leaves are 

available separately, so you can keep leaves 

pre-loaded with your favourite flies and swap 

over the ones you want for that day’s fishing. 

If you want to store large salmon or saltwater 

flies, simply remove the centre leaf 

completely and you have a very deep 

box, capable of storing the largest of 

flies. The Large model can store up to 576 flies, 

while the X-Large can take a whopping 936 flies! 

'Easy Vue' Silicone and Centre-Leaf Fly Boxes 


14730 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - S 4.2” x 3.0” x 1.5” £13.99 S777 

14731 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - M 5.0” x 4.1” x 1.8” £14.99 S833 

14757 ‘Easy-Vue’ Silicone Foam Fly Box - L 5.9” x 4.0” x 1.9” £16.99 S944 

14762 Salmon/Saltwater/Lure Box 6.2” x 3.4” x 1” £11.99 S666 

14744 Centre-Leaf Waterproof Fly Box – L 6.7” x 4.3” x 1.8” £18.99 S1055 

14744-L Centre-Leaf for 14744 Price reduced for 2023 £4.99 S277 

14745 Centre-Leaf Waterproof Fly Box – XL 7.7” x 4.2” x 1.7” £20.99 S1166 

14745-L Centre-Leaf for 14745 Price reduced for 2023 £4.99 S277 

14748 Waterproof Tube Fly Box 6.1” x 3.9” x 1.7” £14.99 S833 

14748 Tube 

Fly Box 

14748 Tube Fly Box 

Based on our waterproof body moulding, but featuring 

open compartments both sides to hold a full range of tube 

flies, trebles and Waddington Shanks etc in one neat box. 

l Seven compartments one side, including two 

full length compartments for long tube flies 

l Nine smaller compartments the other side. 



Slimline Fly Boxes & Accessories 

14755/6 Slimline Silicone-foam Fly Boxes 

Slimline design fly boxes, made from tough ABS plastic, with a clear lid for 

quick and easy fly identification. Fitted with the latest high-density silicone 

foam, which gives a constant, firm grip, with no “stretching” over time and will 

not damage with repeated hook insertion and removal. The unique, staggered 

foam slits hold all dry flies and nymphs firmly and the slim profile is ideal to slip 

into a shirt or vest pocket when ‘fishing light’. 

Available in two sizes. 

14756 Slimline 

Silicone-foam Fly 

Box – Large 

14754 Slimline Uni Fly Box 

A new concept in fly boxes for the angler who 

likes to travel light, with just ONE fly box. 

A Slimline fly box which has 2 magnetic 

compartments at the top for dry flies, and below 

this 5 rows of slit foam to hold nymphs and lures. 

14755 Slimline Silicone-foam Fly Box – Small 

14754 Slimline Uni Fly Box 

14763/14764 Slimline Competition Fly Boxes 

An addition to our popular Slimline range, is our new Competition Fly Box. Made in a 

tough, unbreakable ABS plastic, like the other models in the range, with a crystal clear 

polycarbonate lid for easy fly identification. Available in two versions. The nymph and buzzer 

box is fitted with high density Silicone foam, offering a firm grip on any size fly and with 

sufficient room to hold up to 192 flies. For hackled dry and wet flies, we have a traditional 

high-density slit-ethafoam lining, with a white back-board for easy fly identification. 

This version will hold up to 306 flies. 

14763 Slimline Silicone 

Competition Fly Box 

14764 Slimline Slit-foam 

Competition Fly Box 

14750 Slimline Fly Box 

Our ultra-slim profile fly boxes take up the minimum of space and slip easily into any shirt 

or vest pocket, making them ideal for the roving bank or river angler. Made from a tough, 

flexible, crack-proof ABS for durability, which is also transparent on the lid for quick, easy fly 

selection. The high density, pre-slit ethafoam liners hold flies firmly and neatly in position 

and although these are not a new idea, what makes Snowbee’s boxes different, is the ‘cutouts’ 

between the rows, allowing even large, hackled dry flies to be stored without crushing 

the hackles. The ethafoam liners are mounted on white coloured back-cards so flies are 

more visible for easier fly selection. Each box has 9 rows of hook-slots holding up to an 

impressive 234 flies securely. Size: 184mm x 98mm x 13mm Weight: Just 80g/2.9oz 

19096 Fly & Leader Keeper Patch 

A simple but essential accessory to keep 

your spare leaders & flies in one place and 

ready to hand. An ethafoam Keeper Patch 

with 22 slits for flies, plus 10 fine slits 

down each side, to securely hold 

wound on leaders, ready for use. 

Fitted with a simple clip at the top, 

to attach to a vest pocket flap, but 

also comes with a plastic covered 

wire cord, to attach to a D-Ring. 

Slimline Fly Boxes & Accessories 


14755 Slimline Silicone-foam Fly Box – S 5.4” x 3.8” x 0.63” £13.99 S777 

14756 Slimline Silicone-foam Fly Box – L 7.4” x 4” x 0.67” £15.99 S888 

14754 Slimline Uni Fly Box 7.4” x 4” x 0.67” £11.99 S666 

14763 Slimline Silicone Competition Fly Box 9.1” x 5.1” x 1” £20.99 S1166 

14764 Slimline Slit-foam Competition Fly Box 9.1” x 5.1” x 1” £17.99 S999 

19096 Fly & Leader Keeper Patch 3.9” x 2.6” £6.99 S388 

14750 Slimline Fly Box £9.99 S555 

14750-KIT Slimline Fly Box Kit £64.99 S3611 

14750-BAG Divider Bag sold separately £15.99 S888 

14750 Slimline Fly Box 

14750-KIT 

Slimline Fly Box Kit 

14750-KIT Slimline Fly Box Kit 

Designed with the serious fly tier or fly fisher in 

mind,this innovative kit consists of five of our 

Slimline Fly Boxes, neatly stored in a zip-closed 

divider bag. Between them the five Slimline Fly 

Boxes will hold up to an amazing 1,170 flies in a 

carry bag of just 20 x 12 x 8cm (8 x 4.75 x 3.15”) 

– enough for the keenest fly fisherman or fly tier! 

88 



Classic Fly Boxes, Multi-Box & Clamshell Box 

Classic Fly Boxes – a range of basic fly boxes offering practicality and superb value for money. 

14760 Classic Fly Box 

A simple, double-sided clamshell design, with an outer shell 

moulded in crack-proof polypropylene. Lined with highdensity 

slit-ethafoam, with a white backboard, for better fly 

identification. Holds up to 235 flies securely. Weighs in at just 

63g/2¼oz. and fitted with two lugs on the front, so you can 

attach it to a neck lanyard, if required. 

14761-T Set of 

5 Fly Threaders 

for 14761 

14761 Classic 

Dry-Fly Box 

14760 Classic 

Fly Box 

14761 Classic Dry-Fly Box 

Based on the same design as the standard box, but with 

5 x fine wire fly-threaders, for dry flies and small midge 

patterns. Holds up to 235 flies securely, with spare flythreaders 

available separately. Weighs just 70g/2½oz. 

Also fitted with twin lugs, for a neck lanyard. 

14760/14761 

Classic Fly/Dry-Fly 

Box - closed 

14749 Snowbee Multi-Box 

A superb quality, small Multi-Box ideal for storing dry flies and nymphs. Solidly built 

in ABS plastic with a heavy-duty hinge that is not going to break half way through the 

first season! Double-sided, with a waterproof gasket all around, making it buoyant if 

dropped. 4 spring loaded lids covering a total of 14 compartments. Undoubtedly the 

best small multi-box we’ve seen and as the MD couldn’t break it after a full season’s 

use, it goes in the catalogue! Size: 4” x 3.25” x 1.25” Colour: Olive Green 

14691 Clamshell 

Fly Box - closed 

Reduced for 


14749 Multi-Box - closed 

14749 Multi-Box - open 

14691 Clamshell 

Fly Box - open 

14691 Clamshell Fly Box with Centre Leaf 

This clamshell design has a simple clip closure plus a folding 

centre leaf to double the holding capacity to an impressive 372 

flies. This centre leaf has a rigid core, so it will not flex like some 

models, causing the flies to dislodge. A rubber gasket around the 

rim makes this fly box 100% waterproof. 

Size: 5¼”x 3½”x 1 3 /8” 

Classic Fly Boxes, Multi-Box & Clamshell Box 


14760 Classic Fly Box 124mm x 92mm x 30mm £6.99 S388 

14761 Classic Dry Fly Box 124mm x 92mm x 30mm £8.99 S499 

14761-T Set of 5 Fly Threaders for 14761 £4.99 S277 

14749 Multi-Box £12.99 S722 

14691 Clamshell Fly Box with centre leaf £9.99 S555 



XS-Plus Gold Leader and Tippet Material 

A breed of tippet materials, incorporating the very latest in material 

and extrusion technologies, to create lines as good as anything on 

the market… and better than most! 

XS-Plus Gold Super-Fluorocarbon 

As strong and smooth as the best nylon Co-Polymers, our 'Gold Standard' Super-Fluorocarbon represents the 

latest development in fluorocarbon line technology. Utilising the latest thinking in material technology, the PVDF 

copolymer is mainly used in critical applications requiring a high degree of purity and excellent mechanical 

properties. Combined with a new ‘state-of-the-art’ extrusion process, our new XS-Plus Gold can reach the tenacity 

and strength of a high quality nylon copolymer, yet offers all the advantages of a 100% fluorocarbon line. 

Features 

l 100% premium quality Japanese fluorocarbon 

l Low refractive index provides total clarity 

in water for minimal visibility in all light and 

water conditions l Super-high knot strength 

to diameter ratio l Silky smooth finish allows 

wetted knots to pull up smoothly with minimal 

knot-burn l Excellent abrasion resistance and 

low memory l Super strong formula makes 

this line very supple for superior presentation 

l Low stretch and water absorption for the 

ultimate in consistent performance. 

XS-Plus Gold Super-Copolymer 

Our XS-Plus Gold Super Copolymer is the number one choice 

for the most demanding angler. This latest development in line 

technology is one of the most high-tech products on the market today, 

thanks to a new ‘state-of-the-art’ extrusion process coupled with a very 

expensive raw material – no expense has been spared to create the ultimate 

tippet line. XS-Plus Gold, provides maximum strength, without sacrificing the 

other features demanded by today’s discerning fly fisherman. 

Features 

l High knot strength l Controlled stretch l High and consistent tensile 

strength in water l Excellent impact strength to help avoid those smash 

takes l Super smooth finish l Low memory provides high resistance to 

kinking l Excellent abrasion resistance for long term durability. 

What is amazing about this line, notwithstanding its super-high knot strength, 

is its limited stretch factor of 22–24% elongation which dramatically improves 

bite detection, whilst allowing sufficient stretch to avoid shaking fish off when 

using barbless hooks. For convenience, both our XS-Plus Gold lines come on 

smaller spools. These super-narrow, 50m spools will join together if required 

and at just 65mm diameter, fit easily into any fly vest pocket or tippet spool 

holder. Each line weight is colour-coded with an elasticated retainer, which 

not only gives you quick and easy line identification, but also holds the line in 

place and stops that annoying un-spooling! 

Clip-together spools 

with colour-coded line 

retainers. 

XS-Plus Gold Super-Fluorocarbon Line – Clear – 50m spools 

Model Diam. B.S.Test X-rating Price 

15780 0.16mm 5.5lbs / 2.49kg 5X £10.99 S611 

15781 0.18mm 6.5lbs / 2.95kg 4X £11.99 S666 

15782 0.20mm 7.5lbs / 3.4kg 3X £12.99 S722 

15783 0.22mm 8.5lbs / 3.86kg 2X £13.99 S777 

15784 0.24mm 10.5lbs / 4.76kg 1X £14.99 S833 

XS-Plus Gold Super-Copolymer – Clear – 50m spools 

Model Diam. B.S.Test X-rating Price 

15790 0.09mm 2.1lbs / 0.9kg 8X £6.49 S361 

15791 0.11mm 3.2lbs / 1.4kg 7.5X £6.49 S361 

15792 0.12mm 3.7lbs / 1.6kg 7X £6.49 S361 

15793 0.15mm 5lbs / 2.3kg 6X £6.49 S361 

15794 0.17mm 6.5lbs / 2.8kg 5X £6.49 S361 

90 



XS Leader and Tippet Material 

Outstanding diameter to strength ratios, high knot strength 

and a smoothness you can instantly identify with. 

Our XS leader and tippet materials have become firm 

favourites with fly fishermen, over the years, steadily 

building a reputation for strength, performance and 

reliability, coupled with great value for money! 

Snowbee XS Fluorocarbon - Clear 

A superb, 100% Japanese Fluorocarbon, manufactured 

using the very latest technology, producing a leader 

material of extreme quality and smoothness. Exhibiting 

all the benefits of modern day fluorocarbons, 

demanded by today’s progressive fly fisher. 

15930 Snowbee XS 

Fluorocarbon - Clear 

Features 

l Premium quality 100% 

Fluorocarbon l Low stretch and 

water absorption for the ultimate 

in consistent performance l High 

knot strength to diameter ratio l 

Super fine and low refractive index 

for truly minimal visibility in all 

light and water conditions l Silky 

smooth with superb knot strength 

l Excellent abrasion resistance 

and low memory l Strong yet very 

supple for superior presentation. 

XS Copolymer Nylon - Clear 

A ‘double-strength’ Copolymer Nylon, 

which is completely clear, has low stretch 

and superior in-line and knot strength for 

excellent presentation and fish holding 

performance. Exhibits great suppleness 

and low memory this product is ideal 

for the dry fly angler, looking for 

strength and good presentation. 

Features 

l Ultra low diameter l High knot 

strength l Super supple, with low 

memory for excellent presentation 

l Colourless for low surface visibility 

l Low stretch for maximum impact resistance. 

15910 XS Copolymer 

Nylon - Clear 

XS Fluorocarbon Line – Clear – I00m spools 

Model Diameter B.S. Test X-rating Price 

15930 0.15mm 3.5lbs / 1.6kg 6X £14.99 S833 

15931 0.17mm 5lbs / 2.3kg 5X £15.99 S888 

15932 0.19mm 6lbs / 2.7kg 4X £17.99 S999 

15933 0.21mm 7lbs / 3.2kg 3X £20.99 S1166 

15934 0.23mm 8lbs / 3.6kg 2X £21.99 S1222 

15935 0.25mm 10lbs / 4.5kg 1X £23.99 S1333 

15936 0.28mm 12lbs / 5.5kg 0X £23.99 S1333 

15937 0.35mm 15lbs / 6.8kg 02X £24.99 S1388 

XS Copolymer Nylon – Clear – I00m spools 


15910 0.12mm 2.5lbs / 1.1kg 7X £5.99 S333 

15911 0.14mm 3.5lbs / 1.6kg 6X £5.99 S333 

15912 0.16mm 5lbs / 2.3kg 5X £5.99 S333 

15913 0.18mm 6lbs / 2.7kg 4X £6.49 S361 

15914 0.20mm 7lbs / 3.2kg 3X £6.49 S361 

15915 0.22mm 8lbs / 3.6kg 2X £6.99 S388 

15916 0.24mm 10lbs / 4.5kg 1X £6.99 S388 

15917 0.26mm 12lbs / 5.5kg 0X £6.99 S388 

15918 0.30mm 15lbs / 6.8kg 02X £6.99 S388 

XS ‘Spectre’ Copolymer Nylon – Camo – 50m spools 


15921 0.12mm 2.5lbs / 1.1kg 7X £6.49 S361 

15922 0.14mm 3.5lbs / 1.6kg 6X £6.49 S361 

15923 0.16mm 5lbs / 2.3kg 5X £6.49 S361 

15924 0.18mm 6lbs / 2.7kg 4X £6.49 S361 

XS ‘Spectre’ Copolymer Nylon - Camo 

An extension to the clear XS range, this line has been processed with finesse in mind, 

for the truly serious game angler. The line has been treated to add natural green and 

brown colours, to blend effortlessly with its environment. The knot and break strength 

exceeds all expectations and the stretch and suppleness provide a unique product. 

Whether fishing fine dry fly tippets, or LRF off the shore, this material could provide 

the best solution yet for unmatched tippet performance and stealth, coupled with 

the ultimate in presentation. Last year we introduced new packaging for this premium 

product. New, thin profile spools to easily fit vest or jacket pockets, which also interlock 

if required. Each line weight is colour-coded with an elasticated retainer, which not 

only allows quick and easy line identification, but 

also holds the line in place and stops annoying 

un-spooling! 

Features 

l Ultra soft and supple for drag free presentation l Medium stretch for sensitivity 

and superb knot strength, combining to give the maximum ‘break off’ resistance 

l Camo coloured to break down profile and provide ultra stealthy presentation 

l High abrasion resistance l Low memory and amazing strength for the ultimate 

leader/tippet performance. 



Leader System 

The Snowbee Leader System is the result of many years 

development, steadily tweaking the range to provide the 

perfect leader for every fishing situation. 

Knotted, Tapered French Leaders 

A range of specialist and hand-tied, knotted 

tapered leaders for the specialist river fisher with 

perfect ‘turnover’, delicate presentation and 

precision casting. Available in two models, 

both tied using top quality copolymer, 

including camo coloured mono for extra 

stealth and elasticity, when using ultrafine 

tippets and extensions. 

ML Monofilament Leaders - Clear 

Top quality 9ft Tapered Monofilament Leaders, using 

our super strong, copolymer nylon material ready to 

attach a fly and start fishing or extend with a further 

length of extra tippet attached for the ultimate 

presentation. 

KFL-12 12ft French style 

Knotted tapered, short 

‘Indicator’ leader 

– Nymph/Dry fly, interchangeable 

A pre-looped 6-section, 12ft 6ins leader, 

tapering from a 0.55mm butt end, to a 

clear 0.15 (approx. 4.1lb BS) tip. The first 4 

sections use a high-stretch, camo coloured 

nylon, for extra ‘give’ when needing to 

fish light tippets. At the end is a perfection 

loop, to which a short 15cm 5th section of 

hi-viz orange 'indicator' is attached.To the 

end of this is the final 6th section tippet of 

clear 0.15mm 4.1lb mono, and both can be 

easily changed or added to as required. 

KFL-12 

KFL-16 

KFL-16 16ft French style 

Knotted tapered leader 

– Nymph/Duo/Dry fly 

A pre-looped 6-section, 16ft leader, tapering from 

a butt end of 0.55mm, down to 0.10 (approx. 

2.4lb BS) clear mono at the tip. The first 4 sections 

use a high elasticity, camo finished nylon for 

maximum stretch, with a perfection loop end, to 

which the final 2 tip sections are attached in clear 

mono down to 2.4lbs. 

ML Monofilament Leaders - Camo 

These 9ft leaders start with the new high stretch ‘Camo’ 

coloured section, tapering to a clear tip. Designed 

purposely for dry fly and light nymph fishing, providing 

maximum stretch to absorb the harshest of takes on the 

finest of stealthy light tippets. 

Model Length X-Rating Tip Diameter B.S Price 

Knotted, Tapered French Leaders 

KFL-12 12ft 5X 0.15mm 4.1lb £4.99 S277 

KFL-16 16ft 7X 0.10mm 2.4lb £4.99 S277 

Monofilament Leaders – Clear 

ML9-2X 9ft 2X 0.23mm 10lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-3X 9ft 3X 0.20mm 8lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-4X 9ft 4X 0.18mm 6lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-5X 9ft 5X 0.15mm 4.1lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-6X 9ft 6X 0.13mm 3.2lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-7X 9ft 7X 0.10mm 2.4lb £2.99 S166 

Monofilament Leaders – Camo 

ML9-4X-CAMO 9ft 4X 0.18mm 6lb £2.99 S166 

ML9-5X-CAMO 9ft 5X 0.15mm 4.1lb £2.99 S166 



ML Knotted Droppered Leaders 

A range of knotted, tapered leaders with tied 

droppers. Ideal for lure, nymph or wet fly fishing, for 

trout, grayling, sea trout and all styles of fly fishing. 

With a stepped taper, these leaders turn over teams of 

flies neatly every time. 

Monofilament Knotted Leaders with Droppers 

ML12-5X-1-DROP 12ft 5X 1 Dropper @ 9ft 4.1lb £2.99 S166 

ML15-4X-1-DROP 15ft 4X 1 Dropper @ 10ft 6lb £2.99 S166 

ML15-3X-1-DROP 15ft 3X 1 Dropper @ 10ft 8lb £2.99 S166 

ML18-4X-2-DROP 18ft 4X 2 Droppers @ 10ft & 14ft 6lb £3.49 S194 

ML18-3X-2-DROP 18ft 3X 2 Droppers @ 10ft & 14ft 8lb £3.49 S194 

Heavy Butt Salmon and Saltwater Leaders 

MLSS10/2X 10ft 2X 0.31mm 10lb £3.49 S194 

MLSS10/1X 10ft 1X 0.34mm 12lb £3.49 S194 

MLSS10/-1X 10ft -1X 0.38mm 16lb £3.49 S194 

MLSS10/-4X 10ft -4X 0.43mm 20lb £3.49 S194 

MLSS Heavy Butt Salmon and 

Saltwater Leaders 

These specialist 10ft monofilament leaders have a 

heavier butt section to minimise hinge point, when 

turning over large flies. 

92 



MLC-T4 MLC-S3 MLC-J3 

MLSHJ-S 

MLC Micro-Loop Connectors 

A new range of Micro-Loops allowing quick and easy 

attachment to fly lines. Made from a double layer of 

premium non-fraying braided monofilament nylon, 

with a thin wall and silicone sleeve to lock them in place. 

Available in 3 sizes: 

MLC-T4 Trout – approx. 20lb BS – pack of 4 

MLC-S3 Salmon – approx. 30lb BS – pack of 3 

MLC-J3 Jumbo – approx. 50lb BS – pack of 3 

LC3-HV 

MLSHJ-S Micro-Loop Shooting 

Head Junction Kit 

A quick and easy way to rig and change 

Shooting Heads or Multi-Tips. The kit contains 2 

Micro-Loop Connectors plus one 4” long Loop 

Connector so the whole head can be easily 

passed through for 'loop to loop' connections. 

MLSHJ-S Salmon – approx. 30lb BS 

LC3 

LC3-L 

LC3-S 

LC3 Loop Connectors 

The simple way to attach leaders to fly-lines. 

Pack contains 3 finished loops with silicone 

tubing, ready to attach direct to your fly-line. 

Our design features un-glued splices, 

which makes them softer and more pliable, 

avoiding those stiff glued sections, which 

cause hinge-points. Simply add as much or as 

little glue as you wish, to secure the loop. 

Poly-Coated Leaders 

Our range of Poly-Coated Leaders represents three years of development work to ensure we got it just right. Available in the required modern lengths of 5ft 

and 10ft in trout and salmon models. The trout models are extruded onto 0.40mm (15lb BS) clear monofilament core, while the salmon models use 0.55mm 

(30lb BS). Both have neat welded loops on the butt end to allow simple ‘loop to loop’ connection to your fly line, with an 8” un-coated monofilament tip, with 

a Perfection Loop tied in the end, which can be cut off if not required. 

The thermoplastic polymer coating has a precision taper and a silkysmooth 

finish, to ensure a controlled turnover and presentation. The five 

Poly-Coated Leaders – Trout: 0.40mm core – rated at 15lb 

Model Length Density Colour Sink Rate Price 

different densities available allow accurate presentation of your fly at any 

PCL5T-F 5ft Floating Clear 0.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 chosen depth. 

PCL5T-I 5ft Intermediate Clear/Green 1.5 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5T-SS 5ft Slow-Sink Grey 2.5 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5T-FS 5ft Fast-Sink Brown 4.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5T-XFS 5ft X-Fast-Sink Black 5.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL10T-F 10ft Floating Clear 0.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10T-I 10ft Intermediate Clear/Green 1.5 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10T-SS 10ft Slow-Sink Grey 2.5 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10T-FS 10ft Fast-Sink Brown 4.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10T-XFS 10ft X-Fast-Sink Black 5.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

Poly-Coated Leaders – Salmon: 0.55mm core – rated at 30lb 

PCL5S-F 5ft Floating Clear 0.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5S-I 5ft Intermediate Clear/Green 1.5 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5S-SS 5ft Slow-Sink Grey 2.5 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5S-FS 5ft Fast-Sink Brown 4.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL5S-XFS 5ft X-Fast-Sink Black 5.0 i.p.s £6.99 S388 

PCL10S-F 10ft Floating Clear 0.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10S-I 10ft Intermediate Clear/Green 1.5 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10S-SS 10ft Slow-Sink Grey 2.5 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10S-FS 10ft Fast-Sink Brown 4.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

PCL10S-XFS 10ft X-Fast-Sink Black 5.0 i.p.s £8.99 S499 

Micro-Loop Connectors 

MLC-T4 Trout x 4 20lb £4.49 S249 

MLC-S3 Salmon x 3 30lb £4.49 S249 

MLC-J3 Jumbo x 3 50lb £2.99 S166 

MLSHJ-S Shooting Head Junction Kit 30lb £2.99 S166 

Loop Connectors 

LC3 Clear £3.49 S194 

LC3-L Clear Lightweight £3.49 S194 

LC3-HV Hi-Viz £3.49 S194 

LC3-S Salmon Clear £3.49 S194 

Braided Leaders 

BL-F 5ft Floating 18-20lb £4.99 S277 

BL-I 5ft Intermediate 18-20lb £4.99 S277 

BL-SS 5ft Slow Sink 18-20lb £4.99 S277 

BL-FS 5ft Fast Sink 18-20lb £4.99 S277 

PCL5T-F 

PCL5T-FS 

PCL10S-I 

PCL5T-XFS 

BL-F, BL-I, BL-SS, BL-FS 

PCL10S-SS 

Welded loops allow 

simple ‘loop to loop’ 

connection to your 

fly line. 

BL Braided Leaders 

A superb range of gently tapered Braided Leaders, providing excellent 

turnover and delicate presentation. Finished with a neat loop at both 

ends. Available in: B.S. 18-20lb. 



Filleting Knives & Accessories 

19312 Knife & Hook Sharpener 

A quality Knife Sharpener designed to cover all 

your sharpening requirements. Rugged moulded 

construction, with finger ‘grips’ on handle and 

a rubber base pad, to hold sharpener in place, 

during use. There are twin Tungsten Carbide 

sharpening blades, for all knives, plus a grooved, 

stainless carbide hook sharpener on the end. 

19317 7” Prestige 

filleting knife 

Our knives 

offer superior 

performance 

and great value 

for money. 

19310 7” Filleting Knife 

19310 7” Filleting Knife 

An innovative new filleting knife, with a quality 4116 grade German 

stainless steel blade, treated with hard, Chartreuse surface coating. 

On the back of the blade is a fish scaler, plus a safety blade. 

The PP plastic sheath, has a knife handle lock for safety and 

an ingenious cut-out, allowing you to cut braid or mono, 

using the rear ‘safety blade’ without removing the sheath. 

A rugged PP plastic handle with TPR Rubber section 

for extra grip, even when wet. 

19317 7” Prestige Filleting Knife 

7” one-piece forged stainless steel blade, bolster 

and tang for extra strength. Genuine pakka wood 

handle and leather sheath. 

13241 Filleting Glove 

Our quality filleting glove solves the problem 

of dealing with slippery fish with a sharp filleting 

knife. Made from a cut-resistant stainless steel 

core, wrapped with an interwoven polyester and 

vinyl material, it provides a firm grip on any fish 

or meat. Stain and moisture resistant, they are 

dishwasher and washing machine-safe. 

Wear on left or right hand. 

S/M or L/XL 

Filleting Knives and Accessories 


19310 7” Stainless Steel Filleting Knife £16.99 S944 

19312 Knife/Hook Sharpener £5.49 S305 

19317 7” Prestige Filleting Knife £25.99 S1444 

13241 Filleting Glove – S/M and L/XL £10.99 S611 

94 



Smoker Cooker 

Smoking has been a traditional way of preserving food, stretching back thousands 

of years, where our ancestors discovered that hanging meats and fish up close to 

a fire, extended the time they remained fresh. Over the centuries, the smoking 

technique has been refined and we now have two basic smoking methods; Cold 

Smoking, as used for salmon, where the food is only smoked but not cooked; and 

Hot Smoking where the cooking and smoking process take place together. 

Snowbee has been making its famous Smoker Cooker for over 30 years and in all 

that time, little has changed in this superb design, as we got it just right, from the 

start! Manufactured from corrosion-resistant grade 430 stainless steel to provide many 

years of smoking service. The 18/0 material, has a high nickel content, making it hard, 

tough and stain-resistant. The base uses a black, electroforming process, for a tough, 

corrosion-resistant finish. Many have attempted to copy our original design but beware 

of cheaper imitations, which use inferior grade materials and are not truly ‘stainless’. 

19011 Smoker Cooker 

Generously sized, the Smoker Cooker is constructed in stainless steel for easy cleaning 

and long life. It will take four or five small trout, or two large fish, headed and tailed. 

Comes with stand, two fuel pans 

with heat adjustment, cooking 

pan, lid with adjustable smoke 

vent, drip tray and grill. Packs 

away neatly for convenient 

storage. Quick and efficient hot 

smoking of fish, meats, poultry 

etc, cooks AND smokes in one 

process, so smoked fish is ready 

in as little as 15 minutes. 

Uses methylated spirit fuel 

(not supplied). 

Size: 16½”x 10½”x 4½” 

Wood dusts for smoking 

Top quality, kiln dried English wood dusts – 100% natural and sustainably 

sourced, ensuring you get the best smoke flavour, every time. Suitable for 

both Hot and Cold Smokers. Packed in re-sealable 250g bags – sufficient 

for 4 or 5 full smokings. The smoker dust is finer than chippings and 

burns slowly giving even more flavour. Try these on the barbecue to add 

a rich smokey flavour to all outdoor cooking. See our website at: 

www.snowbee.co.uk/fly-fishing/accessories-float-tubing/#smoker for 

tips on how to make your Smoking and BBQ experience more enjoyable. 

19010-D English Oak Smoker Dust 

The original smoker dust has always been the mainstay of home and 

commercial smoking, of almost all foods, from meats to fish. Can be 

mixed with other wood dusts to vary the flavours, and works particularly 

well with apple to add flavour to meat products, such as sausages etc. 

19010-D-AL Alder Smoker Dust 

A particular favourite in the Pacific Northwest of America, where it is widely used 

for smoking salmon. This mild wood is the smoking dust of choice when a delicate, 

smoky flavour is required, hence perfect for salmon, sea-trout and most fish. 

19010-D-AP Apple Smoker Dust 

This fruitwood has a more complex, sweeter flavour than alder, but is still quite 

mild. Excellent for game, fish and poultry. Apple wood also works well when 

soaked in water then sprinkled over BBQ coals when grilling chicken or steaks. 

19010-D-HK Hickory Smoker Dust 

Hickory is a classic hardwood that provides a great depth of spicy flavour, without being 

harsh. A popular choice on the BBQ and perfect when using BBQ sauce on pork ribs, etc. 

19010-D-WH Whisky Oak Smoker Dust 

A new ‘twist’ on the traditional oak smoke dust - our popular Oak Smoker Dust is 

infused with scotch whisky! This combination provides the timeless classic aroma of 

whisky, with the wonderful flavour of English oak. The perfect choice for smoking all 

meats, plus cheese and vegetables. 

Smoker Cooker and Wood Dusts 


19011 Smoker Cooker £79.99 S4444 

19011-B Replacement Burners x 2 £6.99 S388 

19010-D English Oak Smoker Dust £4.99 S277 

19010-D-AL Alder Smoker Dust £6.49 S361 

19010-D-AP Apple Smoker Dust £6.49 S361 

19010-D-HK Hickory Smoker Dust £6.49 S361 

19010-D-WH Whisky Oak Smoker Dust £6.99 S388 



Classic Float Tube Kit 

19450 Classic Float Tube Kit 

Incorporating the latest thinking in Float Tube design, the twin-tube ‘V-Boat’ 

style has the tubes swept up to form a bow, providing less resistance and far 

easier passage through the water, whilst maintaining great stability. Weighing 

in at just 4.5kg (10lb), our Float Tube can be easily ‘back-packed’ with the 

shoulder straps provided for effortless hiking up to hill lochs and reservoirs. 

We are confident we have the best float 

tubes on the market. Winning design and 

amazing value for money. 


Inflated size: 140cm x 107cm. 

Maximum recommended user weight: 18 stone (115kg) 

Weight: Float tube 4.5kg (10lb). Complete kit 6.5kg (14lb) 

Backrest storage pocket 

with fluorescent safety panel 

Improved ‘double-line’ 

welding of the bladders, 

to prevent leaks 

19450 Classic 

Float Tube 

Inflatable seat and 

back-rest cushions, for 

comfort and security 

What’s in the kit? 

Our Classic Float Tube comes as a 

complete kit – float tube, flippers, 

dual-action pump and sturdy carry bag 

for storage and transport. Items also 

available separately. 

Two accessory 

D-Rings each side 

Carry handle 

at bow. 

Twin durable welded 

PVC bladders with top 

quality one-way valves 

Two large zipped side pockets for 

storage, with internal dividers 

19450 Classic Float Tube 

l Tough 600D nylon top panels l Black bottom panels so as 

not to spook the fish l Quick-release stabiliser bar across 

the front, with quick-release retainer strap to front of seat 

l Packs down smaller for storage and transportation 

l Mesh bow storage area for ‘wet storage’ l Mesh line tray 

with quick-release Velcro attachments for easy exit l Fish 

measure scale on line tray l Velcro rod storage tabs on 

each side and across rear of tubes for safe storage of spare 

rods l Adjustable and removable backpacking straps. 

Float Tube 


19450 Classic Float Tube Kit £289.99 S16111 

19462 Prestige Float Tube Fins £48.99 S2722 

Replacement Bladders 

19450-LB Classic Float Tube – Left Bladder £39.99 S2222 

19450-RB Classic Float Tube – Right Bladder £39.99 S2222 

19450-BB Classic Float Tube – Backrest Bladder £13.99 S777 

19450-SB Classic Float Tube – Seat Bladder £16.99 S944 

19462 Prestige Float Tube Fins 

Our new, improved and purpose designed, lightweight 

flippers can be used with any float tube. This design features 

an extra-wide, moulded heel support, which allows them to 

be worn over any wading boot. Two quick-release webbing 

straps, hold the boots firmly into the heel support, while 

a further webbing straps clips around the ankle for added 

security. The large, flexible fins allow effortless propulsion of 

the tube. One size fits all. 

Quick-release, adjustable 

webbing straps. 

19462 Prestige Float 

Tube Fins 

96 



Fly Fishing Accessories 


Aluminium Priest 

A unique new design made from cast 

aluminium, with a weighted head and 

anodised to a rich metallic olive green 

colour, with the Snowbee logo. Rubber 

handle for grip. Plus wrist lanyard. 

19091 Prestige Zinger 

A top quality Zinger with a satin finish alloy case. 

Fitted with an 18” plastic covered wire cord and a stainless 

steel accessory clip. Attached with a sturdy safety pin. 

19436 Stainless Snips 

A quality pair of stainless steel 

snips, equipped with an eye needle and a knot-tying tool, which 

will double as a simple disgorger. Ultra sharp blades will cut 

cleanly through any size leader material. The flat-ground cutting 

edge means these snips can be re-sharpened on a stone. 

NKFS No-Knot Fas-Snaps 

These ingenious links allow quick and easy 

changes of fly or lure, without the constant 

need for tying knots. Simply tie one onto 

the tip or dropper and change flies very 

easily. Particularly suitable for droppers, as 

you don’t ‘shorten-up’ the dropper every 

time you change a fly. Equally suitable in 

the larger size for quick change of plugs or 

lures when spinning. Packs of 5. 

Medium – for fly sizes 18 – 12 (black finish). 

Large – for fly sizes 12 – 8 (black finish). 

X-Large – for large saltwater flies plus all sizes 

of lures or plugs (nickel finish). 

19437 Fishing Clippers 

Stainless steel construction with a 

razor-sharp cutting edge. The larger 'thumb 

bar' makes for easy use, even with gloves on. 

Comes with a line-pick and cutting knife. 

Reduced for 


19097 Line Winder with vacuum suction base 

Not a new idea, but our new Line Winder features a vacuum base with 

a strong suction lever, so it will grip firmly to any flat surface. Suitable for 

loading ALL types of line or backing line onto fly, multiplier or spinning 

reels. The extra-long aluminium stem will hold all sizes of line spool, 

including bulk spools while the tapered aluminium cones hold spools 

securely and prevent ‘spool wobble’, whilst loading. Double spring 

tension allows adjustment to the line tension as you wind lines onto reel. 

19050 Boot Rack 

The simple solution to the problem of 

storing and drying waders or wellies; 

correct storage will also extend the 

life of your waders. Stores two pairs 

19078 Magnetic Net Release 

Our heavy-duty Magnetic Net Release has a magnet 

strength of an impressive 4kg, so is ideal for larger seatrout 

or even smaller salmon nets. It comes with 

split rings for attachment and an elasticated 

cord to keep you connected. 

19061 S-Hook Double Carabiner Clip 

Use these clips as the ultimate wader gravel guard clip – far 

better than a lacing hook and guaranteed never to come 

undone. Use the clips to attach accessories to fly vest or 

wading jacket D-rings. Made from high strength spring alloy 

steel, with a hard, black outer finish electrically applied to 

ensure corrosion resistance. Packs of 2. Size: 1½” x 5 /8” 

at a time. 

Rugged 

polypropylene 

construction. 

Screws to 

garage or tackle 

room wall with 

screws provided. 

Reduced for 


19126 Rod Stand 

A neat, compact Rod Stand to store and 

protect all your valuable fly, spinning or sea 

rods. Made in a durable plastic with Snowbee 

logos. Flat-packed for transport, but easily 

assembled. Will hold 8 rods each side. 

Size: 35” x 17½” x 8” Weight: 2.5kg 

Fly Fishing Accessories 


19438 Fishing Forceps 

Drop forged stainless steel forceps, finished 

in an anti-rust nickel finish. Non-slip flexible 

paint-dipped handles with adjustable 

locking bar. Available in 6.5" and 8.5“. 

19439 Braid Line Scissors 

Stainless steel construction, with serrated cutting 

edge, to grip and hold even fine braid or any type of line, 

for easy non-slip cutting. Soft moulded grips. Length 5.5“. 

19074 Prestige Aluminium Priest £19.99 S1111 

19091 Prestige Zinger £8.99 S499 

19436 Stainless Snips £5.99 S333 

NKFS-MB No-Knot Fas-Snaps – Medium black £2.49 S138 

NKFS-LB No-Knot Fas-Snaps – Large black £2.49 S138 

NKFS-XLN No-Knot Fas-Snaps – X-Large nickel £2.49 S138 

19437 Fishing Clippers £6.99 S388 

19438-6.5 Fishing Forceps – 6.5” £12.99 S722 

19438-8.5 Fishing Forceps – 8.5” £12.99 S722 

19439 Braid Line Scissors £5.99 S333 

19097 Line Winder with vacuum suction base £12.99 S722 

19078 Heavy Duty Magnetic Net Release – 4kg £19.99 S1111 

19061 S-Hook Double Carabiner Clip £2.99 S166 

19050 Boot Rack £19.99 S1111 

19126 Rod Stand £31.99 S1777 


Sea Fishing Rods 

Deep Blue 2 Boat Rods 

Since their introduction over 14 years ago, the Deep Blue Boat Rods have built a 

‘cult following’, amongst discerning boat anglers, looking for the best money can 

buy. Make no mistake, the Deep Blue range was developed over a period of two 

years testing to meet the demands of UK boat anglers looking for perfection. 

Over the years, they have been steadily upgraded, but fans of the original 

Deep Blue range need not worry, as the latest Deep Blue 2 models, have an 

even lighter, crisper action than their predecessors! 

All Deep Blue 2 Rods come in a quality, 

heavy duty cotton drill rod bag. 

Finished in the same lustrous deep blue, with subtle cross-whippings and 

decals and using lightweight graphite reel seats and chrome-plated stainless 

steel rings to prevent corrosion. Accurately rated to IGFA line classes and 

at 7ft 7ins they offer the ideal length for the serious boat angler 

and include a model to suit all fishing situations. 

10201 Deep Blue 2 8lb (4kg) class 

An ultra-sensitive inshore rod, ideal for bass, plaice, brill etc. 

Teamed up with the smallest multiplier reel, this is undoubtedly 

the best lightweight outfit available. 

10209 Deep Blue 2 8lb (4kg) class 'S-Flex' 

Based on the standard 8lb Class model, but with an ultra-soft 

Korean S-Glass tip section, for supreme sensitivity. The perfect 

rod for plaice or bream fishing, or livebait fishing for bass and 

other species. 


The 12lb is the perfect choice for the inshore angler fishing reefs 

and inshore drop-offs, but with enough grunt for reef pollack etc. 

10205 Deep Blue 2 12lb (6kg) class S-Flex 

Based on the standard 12lb Class model, but with the same 

ultra-sensitive tip as the 8lb 'S-Class' model. Ideal for heavier bait 

fishing for turbot or black bream and ideal for livebait fishing. 


Without doubt the best ‘all-rounder’ in the range. The 20lb Deep Blue 2 

offers the seasoned boat angler the best of both worlds. Sensitive 

enough to fish inshore for bass etc, but with enough reserves of power 

to tame the hardest fighting wreck pollack. 


The 30lb model is for the serious boat angler who predominantly 

fishes wrecks. It is a very powerful rod and the only rod we use for our 

blue shark trips. More than enough power to haul monster conger and 

ling out of deep-water wrecks. 


Butt fitting Price 

10201 7' 7" IGFA 8lb Class Butt cap £144.99 S8055 

10209 7' 7" IGFA 8lb Class ‘S-Flex’ Butt cap £144.99 S8055 

10202 7' 7" IGFA 12lb Class Butt cap £144.99 S8055 

10205 7' 7" IGFA 12lb Class ‘S-Flex’ Butt cap £144.99 S8055 

10203 7' 7" IGFA 20lb Class Gimbal £154.99 S8611 

10204 7' 7" IGFA 30lb Class Gimbal £154.99 S8611 

98 

Snowbee Sea Fishing 2023 // +44 (0) 1752 334933


Deep Blue Jigging Rods 

Following on from the Japanese ‘Speed Jigging’ craze, the new method of 

‘Slow Jigging’ is proving far more popular and successful for our UK species. 

New for 


Similar in basic principle, but rather than working the jig fast, in a cyclical 

‘crank & jig’ motion, Slow Jigging involves working the jigs close to the 

bottom in a more relaxed fashion, allowing the lighter, wider jigs to rise 

and ‘flutter’ back down, which most predatory fish find irresistible. 

As one the pioneers of Speed Jigging in the UK, we have been using this 

‘Slow Jigging’ technique on our own test boat Deep Blue 3 for the past 

10 years and it has proved to be a highly effective method for cod and 

other bottom dwelling species. 

The new Deep Blue Jigging Rods are ultra-lightweight for all day fishing 

comfort but use high modulus carbon for a fast, powerful action, to 

impart maximum movement to the jigs. The graphite reel seat and 

low-rider style guides are equally at home using either a conventional 

multiplier reel or turn the rod up the other way and team it up with one 

of the new generation fixed spool Jigging reels. 

At 6ft 6ins they are the ideal length for Jigging – long enough to ‘work’ 

the jig effectively, but short enough to apply pressure to set the hook, 

when the inevitable ‘smash takes’ occur. 

Our new range includes 3 models; an ultra-lightweight jigging rod, rated for 

lines of 8 – 15lbs and jigs of 30-100g, a medium weight rod, rated for lines 

of 15-25lbs and jigs of 70-120g and a heavyweight model, rated for lines of 

20-35lbs and jigs of 130-200g. These three models cover all requirements 

from ultra-lightweight, shallow water reef fishing, through jigging for Bass 

on inshore wrecks, when they shoal-up in the autumn, to wreck fishing, in 

deeper water, where heavier jigs are needed, to get down fast. This concise 

range offers a model suitable for both shallow water slow jigging and deep 

water speed jigging. 

Deep Blue – take on the best the oceans have to 

offer… and win! 

The 3-pce blanks, break down to a 

convenient 30” for travelling and are 

finished in our signature, lustrous Deep 

Blue colour, with subtle self-colour 

whippings and silver trim. 

The high density foam grips offer all 

day comfort and warmth, for winter fishing. The rods come in a cotton drill 

rod bag. Lightweight, stainless steel guides, with a chrome finish, to make 

them salt-water resistant. All models come complete with a quality cotton 

drill rod bag. 

There is certainly more to speed jigging than meets the eye; do it wrong 

and you may as well use conventional methods, but do it right and it can, 

without doubt, be the most deadly, effective and exciting fishing method, 

for a vast array of species – pollack, cod, ling, whiting and even bass! 

Aboard our own test vessel, Deep Blue 3 , for the past 10 years we have 

fished jigs almost to the exclusion of every other fishing method and 

proved time and time again, that it will out-fish most other methods, 

including long flowing traces with artificial Sandeels or 

Shads. For full details on this exciting fishing method, 

visit our website at www.snowbee.co.uk 



Deep Blue Jigging Rods 

Model Description Length Lure Wt. Line rating Rod Wt. Price 

10250 Snowbee Deep Blue Jigging Rod 6'6'' 30-100g PE 0.8-1.5 159g/5.6oz £134.99 S7500 





Deep Blue Spinning Rods 

The perfect combination of the latest thinking in rod design coupled with Snowbee technology to 

bring you a new range of Lure spinning rods at the cutting edge of modern lure fishing design. 

With a strong pedigree from our previous Raptor and Kuroshio models, we have combined the best of both and the result is the 

stunning new range of Deep Blue Spinning Rods. This new high-tech range offers superb performance across a range of rods for 

all styles of lure fishing. There is an ultra-lightweight LRF model, designed for lures in the 2-15g range, designed for the ultimate 

flexibility and sensitivity when fishing light. Ideal for micro soft lure fishing, but with enough backbone when a powerful wrasse 

snatches your lure and heads for the kelp! 

The other four models in the range come in the most popular 8ft & 9ft lengths and in 

both 10-30g and 20-50g lure weights, to offer a size and weight for all styles of lure 



fishing, whether spinning, fishing plugs or soft baits. All models feature high-tech, 

4-pce blanks, making transporting rods so much easier, but sacrificing none of the 

action, through innovative use of different grades of carbon throughout the blank. The handle and reel-seat 

configuration uses the latest Japanese design and the entire rod is finished in our signature, lustrous Deep 

Blue colour with subtle self-colour whippings and silver trim. Lightweight, stainless steel guides, with a chrome 

finish to make them salt-water resistant. All models come complete with a quality cotton drill rod bag. 

New for 


10256 Deep Blue Spinning Rod 8' 

Deep Blue Spinning Rods 

Model Description Length Lure Wt. Rod Wt. Price 

10255 Snowbee Deep Blue Spinning Rod 7'3'' 2-15g 159g/5.6oz £134.99 S7500 

10256 Snowbee Deep Blue Spinning Rod 8' 10-30g 164g/5.8oz £149.99 S8333 




100 


Sea Fishing Accessories 

Sea Angling Accessories 

Stinger 

Skad Lures 

In the 10 years since their launch Stinger Skads have revolutionised 

lure fishing with regular reports of them out fishing all previous market 

leaders! Both the Sandeel and Shad lure patterns have their limitations 

depending on what the fish are feeding on, so the Skad lure is a hybrid of 

the two – cunningly imitating both, so effective when fish are feeding on 

either sandeel, or small baitfish, such as pout, mackerel or herring. 

The high grade, natural scent PVC material provides a highly durable 

lure that will not tear apart the first time a fish hits it. The highly elastic 

tail is able to 'stretch' when fish are 'biting shy', rather than snap-off 

as has been the case with some lures. This new material is also crystal 

clear, unlike many of our competitors, whose lures use an opaque material. 

The advantage of this clarity is a clear light reflection off the outer surface, 

coupled with an enticing holographic shimmer, off the internal lead-weight 

foil wrap – a combination which any predatory fish finds irresistible. 

The combination of moulded tail 'slots', plus an oversized 'paddle' tail, 

not only creates an exaggerated tail action, even at very low speeds, 

but also sets up additional undersea noise – a proven fish attractor. 

Over-size, ultra-sharp hooks ensure fish stay hooked, plus large, 

holographic eyes are a known 'trigger point' for any predatory fish. 

The Skad can be fished on a traditional long flowing trace and boom 

over reef or wrecks for species such as pollack, cod and ling, or used 

as a casting lure for inshore species such as bass, pollack, mackerel. 

Colours: Pearl Oyster (PO), Day-Glo Pink/Clear Glitter (PCG), 

White/Clear Glitter (WCG), Sardine Pearl (SP), Rhubarb & Custard (RC), 

Sardine/Clear Glitter (SCG), Sandeel Holo (SH). 

Plus NEW: Dark Red Glitter (DRG), Black Glitter (BG). 

Model Description Length Weight Price 

17580 Skad Lures – Pack of 3 12cm 18.5g £6.99 S388 

17581 Skad Lures – Pack of 3 15cm 28g £7.99 S444 

17582 Skad Magnum Lures – Pack of 2 20cm 45g £8.99 S499 

Pearl Oyster (PO) 

Day-Glo Pink/Clear Glitter (PCG) 

White/Clear Glitter (WCG) 

Sardine Pearl (SP) 

NEW Dark Red Glitter (DRG) 

15296 Aluminium Boat Net 

Our popular, all-aluminium boat net, has been 

re-introduced! The heavy duty extruded aluminium 

handle, slides through a solid aluminium frame-link, 

attached to a tubular aluminium net frame. 

Fitted with heavy duty Polyethylene netting, 

this super-rugged net won’t let you down 

when it matters. 

Frame size 23” x 26”. Overall length 75”. 

Frame slides down handle to a compact 

48” for stowage. 

Rhubarb & Custard (RC) 

Sardine/Clear Glitter (SCG) 

Sandeel Holo (SH) 

NEW Black Glitter (BG) 

Reduced for 


14151 Small Lure Box 

19449 Rig / Trace Wallet 

As you’d expect from Snowbee, our Rig/Trace wallet is a bit different! 

12 heavy duty, clear trace-pouches in 2 sets of 6, held in place with a neat 

Velcro spine. Easily removed as required, so you can keep different rigs in each 

set and only take what you need. Colour: Royal Blue/Black Size: 10” x 7” 

14152 Large Lure Box 

Lure Boxes 

Reduced for 


Our unique Lure boxes solve the problem of tangled ‘plug’ trebles! The 'boat 

shaped' profile to the individual compartments, allows one arm of the trebles 

to sit down in the 'keel slot' allowing the lure to sit comfortably in the 'V' 

formed by the other two arms. Simple, but highly effective. The double sided 

design also features clear lids for quick identification, plus drain / ventilation 

holes, so lures can be washed down after use in saltwater and left to dry in the 

box with adequate ventilation to prevent corrosion. Available in 2 sizes: 

14151 Small: 20 x 15 x 4.5cm (10 lures) 

14152 Large: 27 x 18 x 5cm (14 lures) 


14151 Lure Box – Small £9.99 S555 

14152 Lure Box – Large £11.99 S666 

15296 Aluminium Boat Net £54.99 S3055 

19449 Rig / Trace Wallet £15.99 S889 

14749 Multi-Box £12.99 S722 

14749 Snowbee Multi-Box 

A superb quality, small Multi-Box, ideal for storing all you swivels, links, beads 

etc. Solidly built in ABS plastic with a heavy duty hinge that is not going to 

break half way through the first season! Double sided, with a waterproof gasket 

all around, making it buoyant, if dropped. 4 spring loaded lids, covering a total 

of 14 compartments. Undoubtedly the best small Multi-Box we’ve seen. 

Size: 4” x 3.25” x 1.25” 


Trade Enquiries - Snowbee joins SMG 

SMG welcomes Snowbee dealers. 

From the 1 January 2023, SMG took over the UK and European sales, 

marketing, distribution and management of the Snowbee brand. As a 

British company celebrating 50 years of trading in 2022, at SMG we 

look forward to working with you to build your Snowbee sales whilst 

also offering you new opportunities from our extensive brand portfolio. 

We will continue to host regular training sessions, on all our brands 

including Snowbee, as well as meet you at events such as BFFI, South 

Coast Boat Show, Southampton Boat Show, Seawork and BoatLife. 

From our Portsmouth showroom, the Raymarine Smartfish 

ambassador boat continues to be available for you and your 

customers and we are looking forwards to the new Furuno boat 

joining our fleet this year. 

The existing Snowbee staff, and all at SMG, are here to support you 

grow your business, so please do not hesitate to get in touch. 

Ray Badminton - Managing Director 

Value Added Distribution 

51 years marine 

electronics expertise 

Personalised equipment 

packages to meet requirements 

Hassle free returns 

Marketing & 

website support 

In-depth pre-sales 

technical advice 

Extensive stock with 

next day delivery 

Exceptional after sales support 

& customer service 

Full ISO 9001, JOSCAR 

& UKAS accreditation 

Ambassador boats 

All of our ambassador boats are available for use by our dealers to demonstrate the capability of the 

electronics equipment provided by SMG. The boats are used regularly for training and shows. 

SmartFish 

SmartFish 25 is an aluminium hulled 

performance fishing vessel, equipped 

with the latest Raymarine and Fusion 

electronics. Based in Portsmouth. 

BlueShift 

BlueShift is a Finnmaster Pilot 7 used 

primarily for fishing and sporting the 

latest Railblaza and Garmin equipment. 

Sakana 

The new edition to our ambassador boats 

will be kitted out with the latest Furuno 

equipment, as well as Zipwake, Exposure, 

Scanstrut and others. Based in Torquay. 

102 


Trade Enquiries - Snowbee joins SMG 

ThrustMe was created with the main goal of developing electrical 

products to make the participation of sports and outdoor activities 

more safe, accessible and fun. The Kicker (right), has a 4.7kg 

outboard motor with built-in battery that is perfectly suited for a 

short range propulsion system with no fuss or noise. 

What sets RAILBLAZA apart from its competition is the simplicity of their StarPort TM mount, the ease with 

which it can be fit, and the diverse range of situations it’s used in. Super strong, all RAILBLAZA parts are 

made from high quality, UV stabilized, engineering polymers, stainless steel and anodised aluminium. 

For extra strength, the polymers used are fiberglass reinforced. 

StarPort TM can be surface mounted and remain low profile, or the profile 

can be reduced further with minimal rear intrusion. Accessories include 

rod and fishfinder holders, spooler stations and bait tables. 

A brand where no introductions are needed. Garmin 

is well known for their products in the marine sector 

and have brought to the market a range of navigation, 

safety and fishfinder products suitable for all budgets, 

the Garmin Striker (right) models being perfect for the 

inshore, offshore or freshwater fisherman. 

Rebelcell focus is on everyone who needs portable energy outside. From angling, marine and 

electric boating to camping and hiking. Whether you need to power your trolling engine or 

depth sounder, charge your phone, cool your drinks or need to light up the campsite. 

For the fishing enthusiast, the Outdoorbox (left) is a 

flexible power solution that will add to your enjoyment 

out on the water or whilst sat next to a lake or river. 

Icom’s handheld marine VHF radios (right) are among the most reliable 

and waterproof in the market. Perfect as a safety or communication 

radio when fishing from kayak, SIB/RIB or motorboat. 

Raymarine develops technology that helps pinpoint proven fishing spots on lakes, rivers 

and reservoirs and is always a welcome addition to any angler's on-the-water repertoire. 

Raymarine's line-up of freshwater fishing electronics includes easy-to-use fish finders, 

RealVision 3D sonar, and charting software that 

will help you reel in your next catch. 

Utoka produces the ultimate cooler (right) for outdoor 

adventures ranging from 20L and topping out at 120L. 

Available in multiple colours, the camo design fits 

perfectly into any fisherman’s kit list. 



Technical Specifications 

Vapour-Tec® - How it all works 

Snowbee Vapour-Tec® is a true outdoor fabric. The key to 

its enhanced performance and unmatched comfort is in the 

advanced TPU microporous laminate. TPU is a Hydrophilic 

membrane, the structure of which allows moisture to be 

wicked away from the body and transferred through the fabric 

to the outside in the evaporated state. The micro-pores in 

the TPU laminate are large enough to allow moisture vapour 

(perspiration) out, but far too small to allow water molecules in, 

making the fabric totally waterproof. This breathable membrane 

is laminated to a tough outer shell, combining softness with 

strength and wind-resistance. 

As you warm up inside the garment, the air inside becomes hot and humid, relative to that outside. This 

raises the vapour pressure inside which forces moisture, in the form of perspiration and condensation, 

through the PU Breathable membrane, leaving you cool and dry all day long. 

11194-09 Prestige 

STX Bootfoot 

Waders 

Vapour-Tec® - allows moisture to be wicked away from the body 

quickly and effectively, to leave you cool, dry and comfortable. 

Breathable Waders 

Before you buy, the MOST important factor to consider is 

the material specification. Not all breathable materials are 

the same. The performance of breathable materials, is 

measured in two ways. 

1. Breathability – measured in grams of moisture 

which can pass through the material per m 2 per 24hrs. 

Snowbee Breathable Wader material can transfer up 

to an impressive 4,000g/m 2 /24hrs, on all models. 

2. Waterproofness – measured as the hydrostatic 

water pressure the material can withstand – given as 

the ‘head’ of water, in mm. Many manufacturers use 

inferior materials, with a hydrostatic pressure rating 

of less than 5,000mm. Snowbee use only the best 

materials available, able to withstand a hydrostatic 

pressure of up to 15,000mm. 

Breathable Jackets & Trousers 

The same applies to our Jackets & Trousers. Most 

manufacturers use material with a hydrostatic 

pressure rating of only 3,000mm. Our Prestige 2 

Breathable clothing range uses a breathable material 

with an impressive hydrostatic pressure rating of 

8,000mm and a breathability of 4,000 g/m 2 /24 hrs. 

11183 Prestige 2 Breathable 

Wading Jacket 

Material technical specifications 

Breathable Clothing Prestige 2 Breathable Mini-Pack 

Clothing 

Waterproof Jacket 

Model 11183/ 11184/ 11185 11188 

Outer Material: 100% nylon 100% nylon 

Inner Lining: 100% polyester 100% tricot 

Breathable Vapour-Tec ® Vapour-Tec ® 

Membrane laminated TPU laminated TPU 

Breathability: 

2 

4,000g/m /24 hrs 

2 

3,000 g/m /24 hrs 

Hydrostatic Water 

Pressure Resistance: 8,000 mm H 0 10,000 mm H 0 

2 

2 

Snowbee use only 

the best materials 

available. Our waders 

are able to withstand 

a hydrostatic pressure 

of up to 15,000mm. 

Breathable Waders Prestige STX Ranger Waders 

Model 11192/11194 11171/ 11182 

Outer Material: 59% polyester, 24% nylon, 17% polyurethane 100% nylon 

Breathable Membrane: Vapour-Tec ® laminated TPU Vapour-Tec ® laminated TPU 

Outer Breathability: 

2 

4,000g/m /24hrs 

2 

4,000g/m /24hrs 

Hydrostatic Water 15,000mm H 20 10,000mm H 20 

Pressure Resistance: 

104 



Product care and Original Purchaser 

Lifetime Guarantee 

Wader sole choice 

We produce a range of soles, each 

designed for a specific purpose: 

l The Cleated sole, is most suitable for 

general use on sand, mud, shingle etc. 

l The Combi-Sole incorporates a 

felt-sole and deep cleated heel. 

l This is unique and the heavy-duty 

Studded full Felt-Sole 

heel digs in on wet grass or muddy 

banks, whilst the felt-sole gives unsurpassed grip on rocks etc in the fastest of 

rivers. Trials have shown that there is no loss of grip in the river by not having 

a felt-heel, if unsure of your footing, you naturally transfer the 

weight to the balls of your feet – where you need and find the grip! 

l Introduced in 2018 was our studded full Felt-Sole on the Prestige STX 

Breathable and the Classic Neoprene waders. 16 pairs of hardened alloy studs, 

coupled with felt-soles, provide sure grip on any slippery surface. 

l For additional grip our Screw-in Studs may be added to the heels 

of Felt-Sole or Cleated sole waders. 

Wader care 

All Snowbee waders are made from synthetic 

materials, which are not susceptible to cracking 

or perishing, like the old rubber waders were. The 

sun will however degrade synthetic materials, so it 

is recommended that waders are stored out of direct 

sunlight. Creasing, whilst unsightly, does not adversely 

affect the performance of waders and the best way 

of avoiding this is to hang the waders upside down in a 

Snowbee Wader Rack – see page 97. After use in saltwater or brackish 

water, the waders should always be washed down with fresh water, and 

felt soles should always be hosed off well with fresh water after every 

fishing trip, to remove mud deposits. Without this, the soles will become 

hard, wear faster, be less effective and can cause the soles to become 

rigid and peel off. 

Fly rod breakages and rod care 

Whilst all Snowbee Fly Rods are covered by our Original Purchaser 

Lifetime Guarantee, carbon fibre is brittle and rod breakages can 

occasionally occur resulting in additional cost and inconvenience 

for the owner. Contrary to popular belief however, modern carbon 

fibre rods rarely break as a result of poor manufacture during 

the natural flexing forces of fly casting and playing fish. Rods are 

generally ‘broken’ for one reason or another and often whilst casting 

or playing a fish, when the rod can become ‘over-flexed’ or hit with 

a fly for example, which can cause microscopic fractures, leading 

to breakages, then or shortly after. Car doors and feet are also a 

common factor, so to avoid rod breakage we therefore offer the 

following advice: 

Never 

l Lift fish out of the water with the rod – always use a net 

l Use a fly line more than one line weight above the rod’s rating 

l Jerk the rod or use the tip to pull flies free from rocks or trees 

l Support the weight of the rod by the tip section 

l Pull line through the rod tip, while holding the rod handle 

l Walk with the rod tip facing forward 

l Lean a rod against an open car door or boot – it is sure to fall or 

someone close the door on it! 

l Place a rod on the ground – either you or someone else is sure to 

stand on it 

Always 

l When netting a fish, exercise extreme care not to over-compress 

the tip of the rod – a common cause of rod breakages. 

l When assembling the rod take extra care when threading fly line 

or leader through the rings. 

l Transport and store the rod in a safe place and in its rod tube. 

l Try to avoid rod impact damage: especially when using 

goldheads or any weighted flies that can be travelling in excess of 

80mph. Hitting the rod blank will easily cause stress fractures 

l Check that the sections are properly aligned and securely 

pressed together at all times. Applying a little candle wax to new 

joints can help prevent them coming apart during casting 

Double handed ‘Spey’ rods 

Spey-casting involves a circular casting motion that can cause rod 

joints to work loose. We strongly recommend taping the joints prior 

to use therefore, to help prevent this. 

Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee 

For peace of mind, Snowbee f ly rods come with an 

Original Purchaser Lifetime Guarantee. 

This guarantee is limited to the Original Purchaser 

and is not transferable to future owners. In order 

to implement this guarantee, details of the 

purchase and the purchaser must be registered 

with Snowbee (UK) Limited, or appointed agent 

in the country of purchase, within 30 days of 

purchase. Failure to register your purchase will 

invalidate the guarantee 

If, during the lifetime of the original purchaser, 

the rod should break or fail, for whatever 

reason, simply return the rod, together with 

the appropriate handling and postage fee* 

plus your original invoice, sales receipt, or 

proof of purchase to Snowbee (UK) Ltd, or their 

appointed agent outside the UK. If this is within 

the first 12 months from the date of purchase 

and only if, in the opinion of Snowbee (UK) Ltd, 

or their appointed agent, the failure is due to a 

manufacturing fault or material defect, our normal 

manufacturer’s 1 year guarantee will apply and 

the rod or section, would normally be replaced 

free of charge, with the relevant handling/postage 

fee then returned. 

Should the rod in question be discontinued, 

it will normally be replaced with a new model 

up to a similar value, or there is the option to 

‘trade up’ to a rod of a higher value, by paying 

the handling/ postage fee, plus the difference 

in value between the two models. Please note 

however, that in the case of discontinued models, 

if purchased at a discount, in a clearance sale for 

example, the maximum value covered by this 

guarantee is the price paid and not the original 

RRP. 

In all cases, if the customer is unable to 

provide an acceptable proof of purchase, 

showing the price paid for the rod, then the 

maximum warranty value applicable, will be our 

last sale price for that particular model. 

* The handling and return postage fee for 

different rod models is: £20 for all Classic fly rods, 

£35 for Classic Double-handed, Spectre RMX, 

Spectre Double-handed and Diamond 2 fly rods, 

£45 for Prestige G-XS Single Handed fly Rods and 

£60 for Prestige G-XS Double-handed fly rods. 

This applies to the UK only. 

For overseas customers please contact the 

appointed Snowbee agent or contact Snowbee 

UK Ltd direct for a postage quote. This guarantee 

is in addition to your statutory rights. Snowbee 

(UK) Ltd, reserves the right to amend the 

handling/postage fee in line with inflation. 


105


Customer Service 

Customer Service Policy 

We pride ourselves on our exceptional Customer Service. We are delighted to hear 

from customers and should you require any help, advice or technical information 

on any Snowbee products, please telephone, fax or e-mail us on the numbers 

given on the back cover. Alternatively, you might like to log on to our website: 

www.snowbee.co.uk where we have a page solely dedicated to 

Frequently Asked Questions. 

The Snowbee Team includes both fresh and saltwater fly fishermen and experts on all 

product lines. They will be able to answer any query you may have. 

Whilst it is always a pleasure to hear from satisfied customers, we also welcome any 

comments, suggestions or criticism. It is only through customer feedback that we can 

continue to improve our product range. 

Returns Policy 

All Snowbee products are covered by our 12 month warranty. During this period, if any 

manufacturing or material fault develops, the item will be replaced, or repaired (at our 

discretion) without question. 

Please note however, that particularly in the case of waders and footwear, this warranty 

does not cover accidental damage, punctures, fair wear and tear or seam damage 

caused by incorrect choice of size. The Snowbee Warranty does not include the 

commercial use of any item. 

In the unlikely event that a problem develops on a Snowbee product, you should 

first contact the retailer who supplied the goods. Should it be necessary to return the 

goods to us for inspection, a receipt or proof of purchase must be enclosed. We regret 

that we are unable to deal with any returns without such proof of purchase. 

Please note that under EU Health and Safety regulations, our staff are not permitted to 

handle dirty or wet items of clothing or footwear. 

To avoid disappointment, delays and additional costs, please ensure that any items 

returned are in a clean, dry condition. 

Prolong the life of your Snowbee 

waders and clothing 

l Avoid contamination by grease, or any oil based fluids. 

These will severely reduce the integrity of the fabric. In the 

event of contamination rinse the garment immediately in 

lukewarm soapy water and rinse thoroughly. 

l Avoid sharp objects which may cause punctures to the 

material. 

l Waders should be rinsed with fresh water after use, 

paying particular attention to felt soles on boots. 

l Hang waders by the boots, in a Snowbee Wader-Rack 

to allow drying out. 

If you find it necessary to wash breathable clothing then 

a gentle non-biological detergent should be used. The 

garment may be re-proofed by using our new DWR 

reproofing product – Stormsure Stormproof DWR Spray – 

see page 81 for details. 

Age Restricted Product 

Customers are reminded that legislation prohibits the sale or hire of specific products 

to persons under certain ages and proof of age must always be ascertained. This 

includes our Filleting Knives on page 94, which could be classified as 'offensive 

weapons', which we are only permitted to supply by mail-order with a credit card 

payment in the name of the purchaser, to prove they are over 18. This does not 

preclude the sale of solvents for the purpose of their normal intended use. 

Index 

Accessories................................................35, 45 & 97 

Adhesives.........................................................45 & 81 

Bags & Wallets..................................... 23, 35 & 74-80 

Bass Bags..................................................................80 

Boots................................................................... 46-47 

Braided Backing ......................................................24 

Breathable Clothing.................................. 49-51 & 53 

Caps & Hats........................................................ 62-63 

Chest-Packs..............................................................59 

Clothing.............................................................. 49-63 

Combi Outfits..................................................... 16-17 

Contact details..................................................... 108 

Filleting Knives & Accessories..................................94 

Flies .................................................................... 84-85 

Float Tubing..............................................................96 

Flourocarbon ..................................................... 90-91 

Fleece Jackets..........................................................52 

Fly Boxes............................................................. 86-89 

Fly Dressings ............................................................85 

Fly Lines ............................................................. 25-34 

Fly Reels ............................................................. 18-24 

Fly Rods ............................................................... 6-17 

Fly Vests & Waistcoats ....................................... 55-60 

Gloves..............................................................35 & 61 

Guarantee details ................................... 105 & 106 

Ladies/Juniors............................... 39-41, 44, 53 & 58 

Landing Nets...................................................... 69-73 

Leaders .............................................................. 92-93 

Line Dressings ..........................................................34 

Line Trays..................................................................35 

Luggage.............................................................. 74-80 

Magnetic Net Releases...................................71 & 97 

Monofilament..................................................... 90-91 

Nets..................................................................... 69-73 

Over-Trousers............................................................51 

Poly Coated Leaders ...............................................93 

Priests........................................................................97 

Reel Cases & Bags..................................... 23 & 78-79 

Repair Kits ................................................. 45-46 & 81 

Returns Policy...................................................... 106 

Rockhopper Boots....................................................47 

Rod Tubes & Cases.........................................75 & 79 

Salmon Fly Lines..............................................30 & 34 

Saltwater Fly Fishing.......9, 13, 15-18, 20-21, 31 & 35 

Sea Fishing Rods & Accessories...................... 98-101 

Shirts.........................................................................54 

Size Charts ........................................................... 107 

Smokers & Oak Dust................................................95 

Socks.........................................................................61 

Sunglasses & Magnifiers.................................... 63-68 

Sun/Stripping Gloves...............................................35 

Technical specifications....................................... 104 

Thermal Clothing.......................................49, 52 & 61 

Tippets ............................................................... 90-91 

Travel Bags................................................. 74-76 & 80 

Vices.................................................................... 82-83 

Waders ..............................................................36-44 

- Breathable....................................................... 38-40 

- Nylon.....................................................................41 

- Neoprene........................................................ 42-43 

- PVC........................................................................44 

Wading Accessories & Repair................... 45-47 & 81 

Wading Boots .................................................... 46-47 

Wading Equipment............................................ 45-47 

Waterproof Clothing ................................ 50-51 & 53 

Zingers ............................................................45 & 97 

106 



Size Charts 

Snowbee already offers the largest range of wader sizes in the UK, with shoe sizes from 5 to 15 covered. 

Included in the range are many models in Junior/Ladies sizes and Fuller Body (FB) sizes, which are approx 

15% larger than standard models. Note: Order STOCKINGFOOT models by size S, M, L etc 

and BOOTFOOT models by boot size 6, 7, 8, 9 etc. 

Inseam and 

Outseam 

measurements 

are to the 

bottom of 

the heel. 

Chest 

Hip 

GRANITE PVC CHEST WADERS Model 11072 p44 

Boot size 4 & 5 6 7 8 8FB 9 9FB 10 10FB 11 11FB 12 12FB 13 

Chest/Waist 48" 50" 50" 53" 59" 53" 59" 53" 60" 54" 60" 54" 62" 54" 

Thigh 27.6" 29.1" 29.1" 29.5" 35" 29.5" 35" 30.3" 36" 30.7" 36" 30.7" 37" 31.5" 

Inseam 34" 34" 34" 35" 36" 35" 36" 35" 37.5" 35" 37.5" 35" 38.5" 35" 

Outseam 52" 53" 53" 54" 57" 54" 57" 54" 58.5" 54" 58.5" 55" 59.5" 55" 

Outseam 

Inseam 

NYLON WADERMASTER BOOTFOOT CHEST WADERS Models 11290 p41 

Boot size 5 6 7 8 8FB 9 9FB 10 10FB 11 11FB 12 12FB 13 14 &15 

Chest/Waist 44” 45” 45” 46” 54” 47” 55” 48” 55” 49” 56” 50” 57” 50” 50” 

Thigh 26” 27” 28” 29” 32” 29.5” 33” 30” 34” 30.5” 35” 31” 35” 32” 32” 

Inseam 32” 32” 34” 36” 36” 36” 36” 36.5” 36.5” 36.5” 36.5” 37” 37” 37” 37” 

Outseam 49” 50” 51” 53” 54” 53” 54” 54” 55” 54” 55” 55” 56” 55” 55” 

RANGER BREATHABLE STOCKINGFOOT & BOOTFOOT CHEST WADERS Models 11171 and 11182 p40 

Stockingfoot 11171 S M M-FB M-XFB L L-FB L-XFB XL XL-FB XL-XFB XXL 

To fit shoe size 5-7 8-9 8-9 8-9 9-10 9-10 9-10 11-12 11-12 11-12 11-12 

Bootfoot 11182 6 & 7 8 8-FB N/A 9 & 10 9FB & 10FB N/A 11 11-FB & 12-FB N/A 12 

Chest 44” 46” 50” 58" 48” 52” 66" 50” 54” 69" 52” 

Hip 46” 48” 52” 61" 50” 54” 69" 52” 56” 72" 54” 

Inseam 33” 34” 33” 36" 35” 34” 37" 36” 35” 38" 37” 

Outseam 51” 53” 53” 57" 55” 55” 59" 57” 57” 60" 59” 

PRESTIGE STX BREATHABLE BOOTFOOT CHEST WADERS Model 11194 p39 

Boot size 6 7 8 8-K 9 9-K 10 10K 11 11-K 12 12-K 13 

Actual Chest 43” 46” 46” 50” 48” 58” 48” 58” 52” 60” 52” 60” 56” 

Inseam 34” 36” 36” 36” 37” 37” 37” 37” 38” 38” 38” 38” 39” 

Outseam 52” 57” 57” 57” 59” 59” 59” 59” 60” 60” 60” 60” 61” 

PRESTIGE STX BREATHABLE STOCKINGFOOT CHEST WADERS Model 11192 p38 

Stockingfoot XS S M M-S M-L M-FB/K L L-S L-L L-FB/K XL XL-S XL-FB/K XXL 

To fit shoe size 5-6 6-7 8-10 8-10 8-10 8-10 9-11 9-11 9-11 9-11 10-12 10-12 10-12 11-13 

To fit Chest size 32-34” 35-37” 38-40” 38-40” 38-40” 42-44” 40-42” 40-42” 40-42” 48-52” 44-46” 44-46” 50-54” 48-50” 

Actual Chest 40” 43” 46” 46” 46” 50" 48” 48” 48" 58" 52” 52” 60" 56” 

Inseam 32” 34” 36” 32” 38” 36" 37” 33” 39" 37" 38” 34” 38" 39” 

Outseam 50” 52” 57” 53” 57” 57" 59” 55” 61" 59" 60” 56” 60" 61” 

CLASSIC NEOPRENE BOOTFOOT CHEST WADERS Model 12092 p42-43 

Boot size 5 6 7 8 8FB 9 9FB 10 10FB 11 11FB 12 12FB 13 

Actual Chest 38” 38” 40” 42” 48” 44” 50” 45” 51” 46” 52” 47” 53” 48” 

Hip 40” 40” 42” 44” 50” 46” 52” 47” 53” 48” 54” 49” 55” 50” 

Inseam 31” 31” 32” 34” 34” 35” 35” 36” 36” 37” 37” 38” 38” 38” 

Outseam 51” 51” 53” 55” 56” 57” 58” 58” 59” 59” 60” 60” 61” 60” 

CLASSIC NEOPRENE STOCKINGFOOT CHEST WADERS Model 12091 p43 

Wader size S M L XL XXL 

Sock Size 5-7 8-10 9-11 10-12 11-13 

Actual Chest 38” 42” 45” 46” 48” 

Hip 40” 44” 47” 48” 50” 

Inseam 31” 34” 36” 37” 38” 

Outseam 51” 55” 58” 59” 60” 

JACKETS p49-53 

S M L XL XXL 

To fit chest 36/38” 38/40” 42/44” 46/48” 50/52” 

Actual Measurements 

2 

Prestige Wading Jacket 48” 50” 52” 54” 56” 

2 

Prestige ¾ Fishing Jacket 50” 53” 56” 58” 60” 

XStreme Thermal Jacket 46.5” 48” 50” 53” 55” 

Dartmoor Fleece Jacket 42” 45” 47” 50" 54" 

Dartmoor Fleece Gilet 42” 45” 47” 50" 54" 

Mini-Pack Waterproof Jacket 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 

BREATHABLE TROUSERS p51 S M L XL XXL 

To fit waist 30/32” 32/34” 36/38” 40/42” 44/46” 

2 

Prestige Over Trousers* 44” 46” 48” 50” 52” 

*actual waist size with up to 12” of adjustment 

FISHING SHIRTS p54 S M L XL XXL XXXL** 

To fit chest 36/38” 38/40” 40/42” 42/44” 44/46” 46/48” 

Actual chest measurement 45.5” 46.5” 48” 50” 51” 53” 

Collar 14” 15” 16” 17” 18” 19” 

FLY VESTS p55-58 S M L XL XXL XXXL** 

To fit chest 36/38” 38/40” 42/44” 46/48” 50/52” 52/54” 

Actual chest measurement 46” 48” 50” 52” 54” 56" 

CHILDREN’S FLY VESTS p58 JNR-S JNR-M JNR-L 

To fit chest 32/34” 34/36” 36/38” 

Actual chest measurement 36” 38” 40” 

NB **Size XXXL only available in models 11810 and 11624. 


107

SNOWBEE INTERNATIONAL 

GROUP 

Established 1978 

European Office... 

Snowbee 

Drakes Court 

Langage Business Park 

Plymouth 

PL7 5JY, UK 

Tel: +44 (0) 1752 334933 

Email: sales@snowbee.co.uk 

Web: www.snowbee.co.uk 

Our thanks to... 

• Russell Symons for product and scenic photography – russ@reelfoto.com 

• Keely Docherty-Lee for catalogue design keelydl@icloud.com 

• Ceri Jones for many of this year’s stunning photos – https://castingwithcerijones.com 

• Mark Underhill of Wimbleball Lake Trout Fishery – www.wimbleballflyfishery.co.uk 

• Dil Singh of South West Lakes Trust – www.swlakestrust.org.uk 

• Duchy of Cornwall & Westcountry Rivers Trust – www.westcountryangling.com 

• Jeff Pearce for additional photography – jefferypearce@icloud.com 

• Matt Kidd of Kingfisher Content for additional photography – www.kingfisher-content.com 

...whose help and access to their superb locations, made many of this year’s stunning 

fishing opportunities and photographs possible. 

Snowbee reserve the right to alter or improve specifications or prices where necessary. Prices correct as of 1 March 2023. 

Consumer Sales: The Snowbee retail website and shop are operated by EVO Distribution Limited. 

Trade Sales: The Snowbee brand is managed exclusively in the UK and Europe by SM Group (Europe) Limited. E&O E. 

....Prestige Fishing Tackle

Snowbee Prestige Fly and Sea Fishing Tackle 2023

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?